Konica-Regius - Sigma2service Manual PDF
July 10, 2022 | Author: Anonymous | Category: N/A
Short Description
Download Konica-Regius - Sigma2service Manual PDF...
Description
Service Manual
Contents
REGIUS Σ / Σ II
Contents
Safety Warnings & Precautions
1
Before Repairing
2
Troubleshooting
3
Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior
4
Disassembly & Assembly
5
Adju Ad justm stmen ents ts
6
Maintenance & Inspection
7
Appe Ap pend ndix ix
8
Revision History
9
EN
Blank Sheet
Contents
Contents Introduction.................................................................................... i Introduction.................................................................................... Cautions .............................................................................. .............................................................................. i Trademarks Trademark s .................................................................. ......................................................................... ....... i How to Read this Manual............................................................. Manual ............................................................. i Structure Structur e of This Manual..................................................... Manual..................................................... i Difference between REGIUS and REGIUS II.......................ii Parts changed.....................................................................ii
3.2
Rec Recov overy ery Op Opera eratio tion n ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....3..3-2 2
3.3
How to Retri Retrieve eve Logs. Logs.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....3..3-3 3
3.4
Err Error or Mes Messag sage eC Cont ontent ent & Cou Counte nterme rmeasu asures... res...... ...... ...... ....3-4 .3-4
Board Compatibility................... Compatibility.............................................................ii ..........................................ii
Chapterr 1 Chapte 1.1
Safety Warnings Warnings & Precautions....... Precautions....... 1-1
Symbo Symbols ls relati relating ng to Safety.... Safety....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......1...1-2 2
3.4.1 3.4. 1
70x 70xx: x: Initializ Initializatio ation n Erro Errors..... rs........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ..........3-4 ....3-4
3.4 3.4.2 .2
71xx 71xx:: Sensor Sensor Err Errors ors... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 3-1 3-12 2
3.4 3.4.3 .3
72xx 72xx:: Singl Singlee Un Unit it O Ope pera ratio tion n IInit nitial ializa izatio tion n
3.4 3.4.4 .4
Errors.................................................................... 3-29 73xx 73xx:: Sing Single le U Unit nit Ope Operat ration ion Sen Senso sorr E Erro rrors...... rs...... 3-3 3-35 5
3.4 3.4.5 .5
74xx 74xx:: Image Image Re Read ad Relat Related ed Er Erro rors.. rs..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 3-5 3-52 2
3.4 3.4.6 .6
76xx 76xx:: Sing Single le Unit Unit O Ope perat ration ion Image Image Re Read ad Related Errors...................................................... 3-55
Contents
1.1.1 1.1.1
Safety Safety Al Alert ert Symbo Symbol.... l....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 1-2
1.1.2 1.1.2
Warning arning No Notic ticee (Sig (Signal nal W Wor ords)... ds)...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 1-2
3.4 3.4.7 .7
77xx 77xx:: FPGA FPGA,, SD SDRA RAM MR Rela elated ted Err Errors ors... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 3-5 3-59 9
1.1.3 1.1.3
Des Descri cripti ption on of Gra Graph phic ic Sym Symbo bols.. ls..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 1-2
3.4 3.4.8 .8
780x 780x:: Other.... Other....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 3-6 3-65 5
1.2
Wa Warni rning ng Labels Labels... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....1-3 .1-3
3.4 3.4.9 .9
781x 781x:: Door Door sta status.... tus....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 3-6 3-65 5
1.3
Saf Safety ety Pre Precau cautio tions..... ns........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....1-4 ..1-4
3.4.10 3.4. 10
782x: 782x: Warnings arnings...... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ......... ... 3-66
1.3.1 1.3.1
Precau Precautio tions ns Nec Neces essar sary y to Follow Follow Leg Legal al and and Regulatory Requireme Requirements nts..................................... ..................................... 1-4
3.4.11 3.4. 11
7999: 7999: Reader Reader Prog Program ram Dest Destroye royed d ...... ............ ........... ......... .... 3-66
3.4.12 3.4. 12
14xxx: 14xxx: Sens Sensitivi itivity ty Corr Correcti ection on Error.... Error.......... ............ ......... ... 3-66
1.3.2 1.3.2
Ge Gene neral ral Preca Precauti ution onss ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 1-4
3.4.13 3.4. 13
24xxx: 24xxx: JM Comm Communic unicatio ation n Errors........ Errors.............. ........... ....... 3-67
1.3.3 1.3.3
Han Handli dling ng Precau Precautio tions... ns...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 1-4
3.4.14 3.4. 14
25xxx: 25xxx: Imag ImagePilo ePilott Conn Connectio ection n Error Error ...... ............ .......... .... 3-67
1.3. 1. 3.4 4
Pr Prec ecau auti tion onss Re Rela lati ting ng tto o Hand Handli ling ng Cassettes/Plates...................................................... Cassettes/Pla tes...................................................... 1-4
3.4.15 3.4. 15
26xxx: 26xxx: the service service tool Erro Error......... r............... ............ ............ ......... ... 3-68
3.4.16 3.4. 16
27xxx: 27xxx: USB Rela Related ted Errors... Errors........ ........... ............ ............ ............ ...... 3-68
1.3.5 1.3.5 1.3.6 1.3. 6
Chapterr 2 Chapte 2.1
Servic Servicing ing Precau Precautio tions. ns.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 1-5 Disp Disposal osal Caution Cautions...... s............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ............ ......... ... 1-5
3.5 3.5
Before Repairing...................... Repairing............................... .........2-1 2-1
Nam Names es of Parts. Parts.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......2...2-2 2 2.1.1 2.1.1
Exter Externa nall View of the devi device ce... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 2-2
2.1.2 2.1.2
Statu Statuss lam lamps..... ps........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 2-3
2.2
Con Config figura uratio tion n ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-4 .2-4
2.3
Main Sp Specifi ecificati cations. ons....... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ..........2-5 ....2-5
Coun Counte term rmea easu sure res s fo forr de deal alin ing g with with p pro robl blem ems s no nott displayed as error mess messages.................................... ages.................................... 3-70 3.5 3.5.1 .1
Devic Devicee Sound...... Sound......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 3-7 3-70 0
3.5 3.5.2 .2
If powe powerr can canno nott be tur turne ned d ON ON... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 3-7 3-70 0
3.5.3 3.5. 3
Plate rela related ted...... ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ........... ..... 3-70
3.5 3.5.4 .4
Defect Defective ive image image ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....... ....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 3-7 3-70 0
Chapter 4
Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior Behavi or................. .................................. ............................4-1 ...........4-1
2.3.1 2.3.1
De Devic vicee Spe Specif cifica icatio tions. ns.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 2-5
4.1
Beh Behavi avior or Confi Confirm rmati ation on Su Summ mmary.... ary....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....4-2 .4-2
2.3.2 2.3.2
Ima Image ge Re Read ading ing & Er Erasi asing...... ng......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 2-5
4.2
[Un [Unit it Test Test]] (Chec (Check) k) Scr Screen een Dis Displa play.. y..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....4-2 .4-2
2.3.3 2.3.3
Co Contr ntrol ol Part Part Fun Functi ction onss ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 2-7
4.2 4.2.1 .1
The [Unit [Unit test test]] Sc Scree reen n&F Fun uncti ction on S Sum umma mary... ry......4 ...4-2 -2
2.4
Blo Block ck Dia Diagra gram m ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....2-8 ..2-8
4.2 4.2.2 .2
The The [Unit [Unit T Test est]] Scree Screen n & Fu Func nctio tion n Su Summ mmary ary... .....4..4-3 3
2.5
Ma Main in Part Loca Locatio tions ns ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....... ....... ...... ...... ...... ....2-9 .2-9
2.6
4.3
Con Confir firmin ming g behav behavior ior of a sin single gle dev device.... ice....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....4-3 .4-3
4.4
Sen Sensor sor statu status s Che Check.... ck....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......4 ...4-5 -5 4.4 4.4.1 .1 Senso Sensorr statu statuss Con Confir firma matio tion n Proc Proces esss ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......4 ...4-5 -5
2.5.1 2.5. 1 2.5.2 2.5.2
Fram Frame..... e........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... .....2-9 2-9 Up Uppe perr Ins Insert ertion ion Uni Unitt ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 2-1 2-10 0
2.5.3 2.5.3
Lower Lower Inser Insertio tion n Un Unit.... it....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 2-1 2-11 1
4.4 4.4.2 .2
Casset Cassette te size & sen sensor sor status.. status..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....4-5 .4-5
2.5.4 2.5.4
Sub-s Sub-sca can n Un Unit it ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......2-12 ...2-12
4.4 4.4.3 .3
Ins Insert ertion ion site se senso nsorr sta status.... tus....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......4 ...4-6 -6
2.5.5 2.5.5
Expo Exposur suree Un Unit.... it....... ...... ...... ...... ....... ....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 2-1 2-13 3
2.5.6 2.5.6
Light Light Col Collec lectio tion n Un Unit it... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......2-13 ...2-13
Chapter 5
2.5.7 2.5.7
Era Eraser ser Uni Unitt ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 2-1 2-14 4
5.1
Beh Behavi avior or Expla Explaine ined d ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-15 .2-15 2.6.1 2.6.1
State State Tra Transi nsitio tion n Dia Diagr gram.... am....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 2-1 2-15 5
2.6.2 2.6.2
Nor Normal mal O Ope perat ration ion ((Ima Image ge Re Read ading ing).... )....... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 2-1 2-16 6
2.6.3 2.6.3
Initi Initiali aliza zatio tion n Op Opera eratio tion n ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......2-19 ...2-19
2.6.4 2.6.4
Era Erase se Op Opera eratio tion n ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......2-21 ...2-21
5.2
Disassembly & Assembly.............. Assembly..... ............ ...5-1 5-1
Bef Before ore Dis Disass assemb embly ly... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....5..5-2 2 5.1 5.1.1 .1
Disas Disassem sembly bly/As /Assem sembly bly Ca Cauti ution onss ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....5-2 .5-2
5.1 5.1.2 .2
Check Checking ing & ad adjus justme tments nts need needed ed after after assembly..................................................................5-2
5.1 5.1.3 .3
Pro Proble blems ms th that at o ofte ften n oc occur cur after after asse assemb mbly ly ... ...... ...... ......5 ...5-3 -3
Fun Fundam dament ental al Steps teps ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...5-3 5-3
2.7
Cas Casset sette/ te/Pla Plate te Handli Handling ng ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....2..2-22 22
5.2 5.2.1 .1
Power Power OFF OFF/ON.. /ON..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....5-3 .5-3
2.8
Tools, ools, Ins Instru trume ments nts,, J Jigs igs,, et etc. c. Need Needed ed ffor or Ser Servic vice e ... ....2-22 .2-22
5.2 5.2.2 .2
Remov Removing ing tthe he ex exter terna nall pan panel el & parts.... parts....... ...... ...... ...... ......5 ...5-4 -4
Troublesho Troubleshooting oting.................. ................................ ..............3-1 3-1
5.2 5.2.3 .3 5.2 5.2.4 .4
Remov Removing ing & attac attachin hing g th thee up uppe perr co cove verr assy.... assy.......5 ...5-5 -5 Re Remo movin ving g & att attach aching ing the the up upper per inse inserti rtion on u unit nit... ...5-6 5-6
Wo Work rk Flo Flow.... w....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....3-2 ..3-2
5.2 5.2.5 .5
Remov Removing ing & aatta ttach ching ing tthe he le left ft si side de p pan anel.... el....... ...... .....5..5-7 7
Chapterr 3 Chapte 3.1
REGIUS /II Service Manual
1
s t n e t n o C
Contents
Contents
s t n e t n o C
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.2.7 5.2.7
Re Remo movin ving g & att attach aching ing tthe he re rear ar pa panel nel p patc atch h ass assy y.5-9
8.2.1
REGIUS Device Wiring Diagram..............8-9
5.2.8 5.2.8
Rem Remov oving ing & aatta ttach ching ing the low lower er ins insert ertion ion unit.. unit.. 5-9
8.2.2
REGIUS II Device Device Wiring Diagram......... 8-10
5.2.9 5.2.9
Re Remo movin ving/a g/atta ttach ching ing the fro front nt p pan anel el assy..... assy........ ..... .. 5-1 5-11 1
5.2.10 5.2. 10
Rem Removin oving g & attachin attaching g th thee Su Sub-sc b-scan an unit unit..... .......... .....5-12 5-12
Chapter Chap ter 9
5.2.11 5.2. 11
Rem Removin oving g and attachin attaching g tthe he eras eraser er unit unit...... ............5-17 ......5-17
9.1
5.2.12 5.2. 12
Rem Removin oving g & attachin attaching g th thee ex expos posure ure unit... unit......... ........ 5-20
5.2.13 5.2.13 5.2.14 5.2. 14
Rem Removin oving g & attachin attaching g light light coll collectio ection n unit...... unit...... 5-21 Rem Removin oving g & attachin attaching g th thee upper upper doo doorr assy...... assy......5-23 5-23
5.3.1 5.3.1
Cha Chang nging ing the stat status us L LED ED b boar oard d ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 5-2 5-25 5
5.3.2 5.3.2
Cha Chang nging ing tthe he L LED ED dr drive ive2 2 bo board.. ard..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 5-2 5-25 5
5.3.3 5.3.3
Ch Chan angin ging g tthe he Era Eraser ser Un Unit it A Assy ssy (Er (Erase aserr L LED).. ED)..5-2 5-27 7
5.3.4 5.3.4
Cha Chang nging ing the main boa board. rd.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 5-2 5-28 8
5.3.5 5.3.5
Cha Chang nging ing the SW p pow ower er sup supply.... ply....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 5-3 5-30 0
5.3.6 5.3.6
Cha Chang nging ing tthe he p pow ower er su supp pply ly ci circu rcuit it br break eaker er... ...... ..... 5-3 5-31 1
5.3.7 5.3.7
Cha Chang nging ing th thee Inl Inletet-NF NF wi wirin ring g Ass Assy.. y..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 5-3 5-32 2
5.3.8 5.3.8
Cha Chang nging ing siz sizee de detec tectio tion n se sens nsors ors 1 an and d 2........ 2........... ...5-3 5-33 3
5.3.9 5.3.9
Cha Chang nging ing the ca casse ssette tte sen senso sor..... r........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 5-3 5-34 4
5.3.10 5.3. 10
Cha Changin nging g th thee pl plate ate ssens ensor or (l (light ight rece receivin iving)..... g)....... .. 5-34
5.3.11 5.3. 11
Cha Changin nging g the plat platee ssens ensor or (lig (light ht emit emitting ting)) ........ ........ 5-35
5.3.12 5.3. 12
Chan Changing ging the V-SYN -SYNC C sensor sensor aand nd V V-SYN -SYNC C assembly...............................................................5-37 assembly............................................................... 5-37
5.3.13 5.3. 13
Cha Changin nging g th thee entra entrance nce NIP sens sensor...... or............ ............ ......... ... 5-38
5.3.14 5.3. 14
Cha Changin nging g th thee exit exit N NIP IP ssenso ensor........ r.............. ........... ........... .......... ....5-39 5-39
Cha Changi nging ng mec mechan hanica icall part parts s ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......5 ...5-40 -40 5.4.1 5.4.1
Cha Chang nging ing tthe he lo load ading ing/fe /feed eding ing m moto otor...... r......... ...... ...... ..... .. 5-4 5-40 0
5.4.2 5.4.2
Ch Chang anging ing the sub-s sub-scan can NIP NIP m moto otorr and sub-scan drive drive Assy............................................. Assy.............................................5-41 5-41
5.4.3 5.4.3
Ch Chan angin ging g the sub-s sub-sca can n fe feed eding ing motor.... motor....... ...... ...... ..... .. 5-4 5-43 3
5.4.4 5.4.4
Cha Chang nging ing the Eras Eraser er L LED ED co cool oling ing fan... fan...... ...... ...... ......5-44 ...5-44
5.4.5 5.4.5
Cha Chang nging ing th thee mag magne netic tic clu clutch.. tch..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 5-4 5-45 5
5.4.6 5.4.6
Cha Chang nging ing th thee upp upper er door door guid guide..... e........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......5-46 ...5-46
5.4.7 5.4.7
Cha Chang nging ing the lin link k asse assemb mblie lies.... s....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 5-4 5-47 7
5.4.8 5.4.8
Cha Chang nging ing th thee entr entran ance ce gui guide.... de....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 5-4 5-48 8
5.4.9 5.4.9
Ch Chan angin ging g the driv drivee rol roller lers. s.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 5-4 5-49 9
Cha Changi nging ng cass cassett ette e parts..... parts........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......5 ...5-51 -51 5.5.1 5.5.1 Disass Disassem embli bling ng a casset cassette. te.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......5-51 ...5-51
Adjustments Adjustments ................................... ...................................... ...6-1 6-1
Obl Obliqu ique e adjust adjustme ments nts... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....6-2 .6-2
Maintenance & Inspection............... Inspection...... ........... 7-1
7.1
Mai Mainte ntenan nance/ ce/Ins Inspec pectio tion n Schedul Schedule...... e......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......7...7-2 2
7.2
Pla Plate te fe feedi eding ng path path cl clean eaning ing ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....7-2 ..7-2
Chapterr 8 Chapte
2
Appendix Appendix ................................... ........................................... ........8-1 8-1
Ser Servic vice e Tool Tool Sc Scree reen n (Unit (Unit test test)) ... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......8...8-2 2 8.1.1 8.1.1
[U [Unit nit test] test] Screen.. Screen..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 8-2
8.1.2 8.1.2
[Un [Unit it Te Test] st] (Ch (Check eck)) Screen... Screen...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... .. 8-3
8.1.3 8.1.3
[Er [Error ror Hist Hist]] Scr Scree een n ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 8-7
8.1.4 8.1. 4
[W [Warni arning ng setting] setting] Scre Screen. en....... ........... ............ ............. ........... ........... ......... ... 8-8
8.1.5 8.1.5
[Repo [Report rt of reader reader]] Scree Screen.. n..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 8-8
Revision Revision History History ................................9-1 ................................9-1
Manu Manual al revi revision sion hist history ory...... ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ............ ........9-2 ..9-2
Cha Changi nging ng electr electrica icall par parts ts... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....5..5-25 25
Chapter 7
8.1
Dev Device ice Wiring Wiring Diag Diagram..... ram........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....8-9 .8-9
Re Remo movin ving g & aatta ttachi ching ng tthe he rrigh ightt si side de p pane anel.... l....... ..... .. 5-8
Chapterr 6 Chapte 6.1
8.2
5.2.6 5.2.6
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Introduction
How to Read this Manual
The Direct Digitizer REGIUS and/or REGIUS II (called the "device" hereinafter) is an X-ray image cassette reading device that uses photostimulable phosphor as an X-ray detector.
Structure of This Manual
This manual states the cautions and steps for service engineers to perform repair or main maintenance tenance of this device (or a system includin including g this device). After reading through this manual, make sure it is readily accessible for future reference.
This manual is divided into the following 9 chapters describing device repair and maintenance methods, as well as safety precautions precautio ns and ope operation. ration.
Chapter 1: Safety Warnings & Cautions An explanation of the safety warnings and cautions to follow while repairing or maintaining this device.
Chapter 2: Before Repairing An explanation of device fundamentals that need to be understood before attempting attempting to re repair pair or main maintain tain this devic device. e.
Chapter 3: Troubleshooting An explanation of the various methods for dealing with devicerelated troubles.
Chapter 4: Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior An explanation of how to confirm device operation.
Chapter 5: Disassembly & Assembly An explanation of the steps needed to disassemble and assemble the device.
Chapter 6: Making Adjustments An explanation of part adjustments necessary for repair and maintenance.
Chapter 7: Maintenance & Inspection An explanation of how to maintain and inspect the device.
Chapter 8: Appendix A list of technical information for reference during device repair or maintenance.
Chapter 9: Revision History
Cautions
IMPORTANT
1) Unauthorized reproduction of any p part art of thi this s manual is prohibited. 2) The contents contents of this manual are subject to change without notice. 3) Any discrepancies, discrepancies, errors or omissions noted should be communicated to the manufacturer.
Settings and behavior confirmation of the device are performed with the service tools of REGIUS ImagePilot (hereinafter ImagePilot).Service tool operation details can be found in the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual, so you are recommended to refer to it when necessary.
4) Notwithstanding Notwithstanding item 3) a above, bove, the man manufacturer ufacturer ac accepts cepts no responsibility whatsoever whatsoever for any loss or decrease in profi ts arising from usage of the product.
Trademarks Company names and product names in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
©, ® and ™, representing these ownerships, are omitted in the following pages. Copyright © 2011 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
i
Difference between REGIUS and REGIUS II II Parts changed The following REGIUS parts are replaced in the REGIUS II. No.
Category
Name
Outline of the change
1
Parts
Front panel
Logo (REGIUS II) is printed
2
Parts
Rating plate
3
Parts
Sensor on each part_relay Assy
Pin-out
4
Parts
LED_BOARD
LED2_BOARD
5
Parts
LED_DRIVE_BOARD
LED_DRIVE2_BOARD
6
Parts
FFC cable_Assy
Number of pins, Connector connection method
7
Parts
SW p po ower supply MAIN_BOARD_Assy
With a ferrite core
8
Unit
Eraser Unit
• LED2_BOARD • LED_DRIVE2_BOARD • FFC cable_Assy
-
Board Compatibility Equipment and Board
• REGIUS can use both new and old boards. • REGIUS is also be planned to be integrated in the new board. Board Equipment REGIUS
Old LED_BOARD LED_DRIVE_BOARD
• •
REGIUS II
• •
New LED2_BOARD LED_DRIVE2_BOARD
LED and Drive Board
• The new and old boards are not compatible with each other when combined. Drive Board L ED_ ED_DR DRII V VE E_ _B BO OA AR RD D
LE D D_ _ DRI DRIV VE E2 2_ B BOA OARD RD
LED REGIUS REGIUS II
ii
REGIUS /II Service Manual
1
Chapter 1 Chapter1
Safety Warnings & Precautions An explanation of the safety warnings and cautions to follow f ollow while repairing or maintaining this device.
1.1
Symbols Symbols relating relating to Safet Safety y ..... .......... .......... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ...........1-2 .....1-2 1.1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1 .2 1.1.3 1.1 .3
Safety Safety Ale Alert rt Symbol... Symbol...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......1-2 ...1-2 Warni Warning ng Noti Notice ce (Sig (Signal nal Words) Words) ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....1-2 ..1-2 Descri Descripti ption on of of Graph Graphic ic S Symb ymbols..... ols........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....1-2 ..1-2
1.2
Warning Warning Labels...... Labels........... ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ........... .......... .......... .......... ....... 1-3
1.3
Safety Precaution Precautions s ..... ........... ............ ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ............ ........... ........1-4 ...1-4 1. 1.3. 3.1 1 Prec Precau auti tion ons s Nece Necess ssar ary y to F Fol ollo low w Lega Legall and and Regulatory Requirements.............................. Requirements ......................................... ...........1-4 1-4 1.3.2 1.3 .2 Genera Generall Precau Precautio tions. ns.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....1-4 .1-4 1.3.3 1.3 .3 Handli Handling ng Pre Precau cautio tions ns... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......1-4 ...1-4 1. 1.3. 3.4 4 1.3.5 1.3.5 1.3.6 1.3 .6
Prec Precau auti tion ons s Rela Relati ting ng to Ha Hand ndliling ng Cassettes/Plates........................................................1-4 Servic Servicing ing Pre Precau cautio tions. ns.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....1-5 ..1-5 Dispos Disposal al Cau Cautio tions. ns.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....1-5 ..1-5
s n o i t u a c e r P & s g n i n r a W t y e f a S
Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions
1. 1.1 1 Sy Symb mbol ols s re rela lati ting ng tto o Sa Safe fety ty
1.1.3 1.1 .3 Descri Descripti ption on of of Graph Graphic ic Sym Symbol bols s
1. 1.1. 1.1 1 Safe Safety ty Al Aler ertt Sym Symbo boll
A triangle indicates a danger against which you should take precaution. e.g.)
This is the "safety alert symbol." This symbol alerts you to matters and/or operation potentially hazardous to yourself and other people. Read these messages and follow the instructions carefully.
This symbol warns against "Danger of Electrical Shocks". A diagonal line indicates a prohibited course of action.
1.1.2 1.1 .2 Warning arning Noti Notice ce (Sig (Signal nal Word Words) s)
1 y t e f a S o t g n i t a l e r s l o b m y S 1 . 1
e.g.)
Signal words indicate the degree of potential hazards in the use of the product.
This symbol indicates you "Do Not Disassemble".
Signal words include the following three types, which are used according to risk of damage caused by danger and the severity of damage.
A solid circle indicates an imperative course of action. e.g.)
DANGER
This symbol indicates you must "Remove Plug from Power Outlet".
Indicates a imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Graphic symbols
Explanation
Indicates items that cannnot be touched.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to indicate hazardous situation where only physical damage is likely to occur.
Indicates that AC power is being used.
Indicates the off position for the main power switch of this device. Indicates the on position for the main power switch of this device.
Indicates that a plate is jammed inside the device.
1-2
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions
1. 1.2 2 War arni ning ng La Labe bells Warning labels are attached to the following areas of the device. UTION CAUTION
Before performing maintenance such as installation or repair, make sure to fully understand the meaning of each warning label, and how to handle each section they are located in.
Laser warning label
1 s l e b a L g n i n r a W 2 . 1 Exposure Unit
REGIUS /II Service Manual
1-3
Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions
1.3 1.3 Sa Safe fety ty P Pre reca caut utio ions ns
1.3. 1.3.3 3 Hand Handli ling ng Pre Preca caut utio ions ns
Read all safety precautions thoroughly before using the device. Be sure to observe the safety precautions described in this section.
1.3.1 1.3 .1 Precau Precaution tions s Neces Necessar sary y to Follow Follow Legal Legal and Regulatory Requirements Requirements CAUTION Caution as to laser control
1
To prevent danger, make sure that only service engineers who received proper formal training will remove the exterior cover or touch the inside of the equipment.
Specifications Specification s of llaser aser unit
s n o i t u a c e r P y t e f a S 3 . 1
Item
Specifications
Class
3B
Medium
Semiconductor laser
Wavelength
659 nm
Maximum output
130 m W
WARNING • If unusual noises, odor, or smoke comes from this device, stop operation. If unusual noises, odor, or smoke coming from this device is detected, immediately stop operation. If you continue to operate it with the abnormal condition left as it is, it could cause an electric shock, fire, or damage to the device.
• Be careful not to trip over or trample on the power cable. If you continue to use the damaged cable, it could cause an electric shock, heat generation or fire.
• Do not remove the power plug by pulling on the power cable. Doing so may cause the power cable to break, resulting in heat generation or fire.
• Do not put drinks or foreign objects on the device.
This device is a Class 1 laser product.
Do not put drinks such as juice or foreign objects such as clips and pins on this machine. If you use this device after liquids or foreign objects such as metals have entered the machine, it can cause a short in the internal circuit, resulting in fire.
CAUTION
1. 1.3. 3.2 2 Gene Genera rall P Pre reca caut ution ions s
• Do not block air intakes or outlets of the device. If air intakes or outlets of the device are blocked, it can cause the device to fail or reduce the accuracy of image reading.
WARNING • Do not perform any work or operations that are not described in this manual. If you do accidentally conduct work not described in this manual, you may suffer from burns or electric shock due to touching a hot section or high voltage component of this machine.
• Be sure to follow safety precautions for warning labels. Be sure to follow the safety precautions contained in this manual and shown on warning labels attached to this machine. Failure to observe these precautions may result in personal injury or damage to this machine.
• This device is equipped with a laser generator (class 3B). Avoid exposing the eyes or skin to direct laser, as it could cause
• Do not leave objects standing on the device or do not step on it. Doing so may lead to the risk of injury due to falling, or damage the device.
• Do not use equipment such as mobile phones that emit electromagnetic waves. If you use equipment such as mobile phones that emit electromagnetic waves near the device, it can have a negative effect on the device.
1.3.4 1.3 .4 Preca Precauti utions ons Rela Relatin ting g to Handl Handling ing Cassettes/Plates WARNING
a serious injury.
• Removing exterior covers To prevent danger, make sure that only service engineers who received proper formal training will remove the exterior cover or touch the inside of the device.
• Do not scratch the plate. The photostimulable luminescent material used on the plate can cause problems if it enters the human body. If the protective layer on the plate surface has been severely damaged and the photostimulable photostimu lable lumin luminescent escent mater material ial is exposed, exposed, take the following actions.
- If swallowed, consult a physician immediately. - If the eyes are exposed to it, flush them with clean water and consult a physician immediately immediately..
- If the skin is exposed to it, rinse with clean water immediately.
- Even if the photostimulable luminescent material does not enter the human body, take preventive measures against contact and dispose of the plate immediately in accordance with the applicable standards.
1-4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions
1. 1.3. 3.5 5 Serv Servic icin ing g Preca Precaut utio ions ns WARNING • Do not insert a piece of wire or metal. Do not insert foreign objects such as metal strip or wire through vent or gap in the main device. Doing so may result in electric shock.
• Be sure to turn OFF when servicing. Pulling the circuit board out of this machine or removing connectors and cables while the power is turned on may result in a serious accident. Make sure to turn off the power supply circuit breaker before starting these operations.
1 CAUTION
s n o i t u a c e r P y t e f a S 3 . 1
• When handling internal electronic components of the device, wear a wristband. When handling internal electronic components, wear an antistatic wristband. If you touch an electronic component such as circuit board with an electrostaticallycharged hand, it can cause damage.
• Before cleaning, make sure to unplug the power supply supply,, or switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker. Be sure to unplug or turn OFF the power switch before cleaning this machine. You could get your finger caught in sliding or rotating parts.
1. 1.3. 3.6 6 Di Disp spos osal al Caut Cautio ions ns CAUTION • Please follow the rules and regulations of your relevant authorities in the disposal of this thi s device, accessories, options, consumables, media and their packing materials.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
1-5
Blank Sheet
Chapter 2 Chapter2
Before Repairing An explanation of device fundamentals that need to be understood before attempting to repair or maintain this device.
2.1
Names of Part Parts......... s.............. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ............ ........... .......... ....... ..2-2 2-2 2.1.1 2.1 .1 Extern External al View View of the dev device.. ice..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-2 .2-2 2.1.2 Status Status lamp lamps... s......... ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ ...........2-3 .....2-3
2.2
Configura Configuration tion..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ............ ........... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........... .........2-4 ....2-4
2.3
Main Sp Specifi ecificatio cations..... ns.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... ...........2-5 .....2-5 2.3.1 Devi Device ce Specifi Specificatio cations.. ns........ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ........ 2-5 2.3.2 2.3 .2 Image Image Rea Readin ding g & Erasing.... Erasing....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 2-5 2.3.3 2.3 .3
Contro Controll Part Part Fun Functi ctions ons... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....2-7 ..2-7
2.4
Block Diagram Diagram ........... ................ .......... ........... ............ ............ ........... .......... .......... ........... ........... .......... .........2-8 ....2-8
2.5
Main Part Locations. Locations...... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ............ ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ....... ..2-9 2-9 2.5.1 Frame....... Frame............ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 2-9 2.5.2 2.5 .2 Upper Upper Insert Insertion ion Uni Unit.. t..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....2-10 ..2-10 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.5 .4 2.5.5 2.5 .5 2.5.6 2.5 .6 2.5.7 2.5 .7
Lower Lower Insert Insertion ion Unit.. Unit..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... ..2-1 2-11 1 Sub-sc Sub-scan an Uni Unitt ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-12 .2-12 Exposu Exposure re Unit Unit ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-13 .2-13 Light Light Collec Collectio tion n Unit... Unit...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-13 .2-13 Eraser Eraser Unit Unit ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......2-14 ...2-14
2.6
Behavior Behavior Explained Explained ............ ................. ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... .......... ........... ........... .......2-15 ..2-15 2.6.1 2.6 .1 State State Tr Trans ansiti ition on Dia Diagra gram.... m....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-15 .2-15 2.6.2 2.6 .2 Normal Normal Ope Operat ration ion (Image (Image Readin Reading).... g)....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....2-16 .2-16 2.6.3 2.6 .3 Ini Initia tializ lizati ation on Ope Operat ration.... ion....... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....2-19 ..2-19 2.6.4 Erase Operation Operation..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........2-21 .....2-21
2.7
Cassette/ Cassette/Plate Plate Handl Handling ing .......... ............... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........... ..........2-22 .....2-22
2.8
Tools, ools, Instr Instrume ument nts, s, Jigs, Jigs, e etc. tc. Need Needed ed fo forr Serv Service ice ...... ......... ...... ...... ....2-22 .2-22
2 g n i r i a p e R e r o f B e
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.1 1 Na Nam mes of Pa Part rts s Part names are indicated here that should be known in order to repair the device.
2.1.1 2.1 .1 Extern External al View View of of tthe he dev device ice 17
18
2 1 13
Right
s t r a P f o s e m a
15
1
8
16
Rear
14
10
N 1 . 2
11 12 2 3
1
4 5 Left
Front 6
No.
Common Name (Part Name)
No.
7
Common Name (Part Name)
8
9
No.
Common Name (Part Name)
No.
Common Name (Part Name)
1
Intake vent
2
Light Collection Unit Cleaning Handle (Handle)
3
Unjamming dial (Handle)
4
Left Door (Left door Assy)
5
Left side panel (Left side panel)
6
USB Cover (USB cover)
7
Power supply circuit breaker (Circuit protector)
8
Exhaust outlet
9
Front panel (Front panel Assy)
10
Cassette insertion slot
11
Status lamps
12
Erase button (Erase button)
13
Right side panel (Right side panel)
14
Power supply port (Inlet-NF wiring Assy)
16
Rear panel (Rear panel patch Assy)
17
Upper cover (Upper cover Assy)
18
Upper Door (Upper door Assy)
2-2
2-3.. • Refer to Page 2-3 15
Rear door (Rear Assy)
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.1. 1.2 2 Stat atus us la lamp mps s
Ready
Busy
Error
Erase
2 The 4 LEDs that indicate this device's current status are called "Status Lamps." Na m e Ready Lamp
Color Green
s t r a P f o s e m a
Function Indicates when a cassette is loaded or ejected.
• Lit: The cassette can be loaded. • Blinking: The process has finished, and the cassette can be ejected. Busy Lamp
Blue
Indicates the process status.
N 1 . 2
• Lit: Process in progress. • Blinking: Preparing to start process (inspection questions during image reading) • Unlit: The process has stopped. Error Lamp
Yellow
Indicates error and warning status.
• Lit: Warning status alert, or connection with ImagePilot not established. • Blinking: Error status alert Erase Lamp
Orange
Indicates Erase Mode status.
• Lit: Image erase in progress, or the Erase switch is being pressed. • Blinking: Image erase mode is selected, and device is in standby mode for cassette loading (5 seconds).
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-3
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.2 2 Co Conf nfiigu gurrat atiion A description of how the device is configured.
1
2 n o i t a r u g i f n o C
3
2
6
7
2 . 2
4 No.
Name
5
8
Function
1
Ex Extter n na al Un Unit
Protects cts tth he d de evic vice's iin nter io ior p pa arts ffrrom lilight, v vib ibrr at atio ion n, an and ot other ou outside iin nfluences. It is made up of a upper panel, side panels, and a door for accessing interior parts of the device.
2
Frame
Make up the device's frame. Control parts, an inlet for power supply, and power sources are also included.
3
Uppe Upperr Ins Inser erti tion on Unit Unit
Has Has a me mecha chani nism sm to re rele leas ase e tthe he load loaded ed ca casse ssett tte' e's s lock, lock, and and tto oe eje ject ct or retu return rn the the p pla late te to norm normal. al. Display and operational parts are also included.
4
Lower Insertion Unit
5
Sub-scan Unit
Feeds the plate (with sub scan).
6
Eraser Unit
Erases any image information remaining on the plate.
7
Exposure Unit
Scan excited laser light for the plate.
8
Ligh Lightt Coll Collec ecti tion on Unit Unit
Ga Gath ther ers sp pho hosp spho horr light light gene genera rate ted d from from the the plate plate and and c con onve vert rts s iitt iint nto oe ele lect ctric ric sig signa nals ls..
2-4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2.3 2.3 Ma Main in Sp Spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns
Compatible Cassettes & Plates
2. 2.3. 3.1 1 Devi Device ce Speci Specifi fica cati tion ons s Item Item
Content
External dimensions
510 (W) × 610 (D) × 355 (H) mm
Mass
Approximately 28 kg (excluding cassette and plate)
Noise level (Excluding noise originating from user operation (such as cassette loading).)
During operation
Average = 53 dB or less Maximum = 61 dB or less
During standby
Average = 25 dB or less
Maximum power consumption
100 VA or less (100 V, 1 A or less)
Power source
Jap Japan
100 100 V ± 1 10% 0% (50 (50/6 /60 0 Hz) Hz)
Other areas
115/120 V ± 10% (60 Hz) 115/120 110/220/230/240 110/2 20/230/240 V ± 10%(50/60 Hz) 200 V ± 10% (50 Hz)
Hygrothermal environment
Transport packing status
-20 to 60 ℃ / 90% RH or less (no condensation) 0.7 to 1.0 atmospheric pressure
Readable cassette types
Readable plate types
Content RC-300 cassettes with isolated open/close structures and equivalent Japan
14" × 17", 14" × 14 14", 11 11" × 14 14", 10" × 12", 8" × 10", 15cm × 30 cm
Other areas
14" × 17", 14" × 14", 11" × 14", 10" × 12", 8" × 10", 24cm × 30 cm, 18cm × 24 cm, 15cm × 30 cm
Regius Plate FP-1S or equivalent
IMPORTANT
Cassettes/plates that can be used with this device are device exclusive. Rigid type cassettes used with the REGIUS MODEL 110, etc. cannot be used for this device.
2.3. 2.3.2 2 Imag Image e Read Readin ing g & Eras Erasing ing Processing Ability
(= 709 to 1013 (hPa)) During operation
10 to 30 ℃ / 15 to 80% RH (no condensation)
When not operating
-10 to 40 ℃ / 90% RH or less (no condensation)
External connection
USB 2.0 (Konica Minolta independent communications specifications)
Se Serrvice vice lif life
7 ye years (1 (10 ca cassettes pe per da day × 25 da days per month × 12 month months s per year × 7 years = 21,000 cassettes)
Item Reading resolution
Content Normal read mode (175 µm) High-definition read mode (87.5 µm)
• According to ImagePilot licensing. There are no resolution settings for this unit. Cycle time
REGIUS
Up to 75 seconds per cassette (14" × 14" / normal read mode)
Other areas
Up to 80 seconds per cassette (14" × 17" / normal read mode)
IMPORTANT
User should consider service life 6 years. (A 6year service life is also mentioned in the operation manual.)
Japan
REGIUS
Japan
II
Accessories
• Power cable (length: 3 m) • USB Cable (length: 5 m, USB 2.0 High Speed compatible)
• Operation manual • Opening tools for cassette Parts requiring periodic change
Up to 54 seconds per cassette (14" × 14" / normal read mode)
Other areas
Up to 60 seconds per cassette (14" × 17" / normal read mode)
• The fastest time from the cassette being
None
loaded and locked, to the end of the reading process when the cassette is removed. The fastest erase speed for standard s tandard dose exposure. Cassette replacement time = 0 seconds.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-5
2 s n o i t a c i f i c e p S i n a M 3 . 2
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
Item
Read image size (Other areas)
Content
Processing Ability
REGIUS
Japan
Other areas
REGIUS II
Japan
Other areas
2
About 48 cassettes per hour (14" × 14" / normal read mode) About 45 cassettes per hour (14" × 17" / normal read mode) About 66 cassettes per hour (14" × 14" / normal read mode) About 60 cassettes per hour (14" × 17" / normal read mode)
• When continuous cassette loading, for the
s n o i t a c i f i c e p S i n a M 3 . 2
number of cassettes going through the process per hour. Digital gradation level
Cassette type
Read pixel count Normal read mode
X way
Y wa y
X way
Y way
X wa y
Y way
14" 17"
365.75
442.05
2090
2526
4180
5052
14" 14"
365.75
365.75
2090
2090
4180
4180
11" 1 14 4"
289.10
365.75
1652
2090
3304
4180
10" 12"
264.25
315.35
1510
1802
3020
3604
8" 1 10 0"
213.50
264.25
1220
1510
2440
3020
24 cm 30 cm
250.25
310.10
1430
1772
2860
3544
18 cm 24 cm
190.40
250.25
1088
1430
2176
2860
15 cm 30 cm
310.45
160.30
1774
916
3548
1832
Exposure Unit
Read capacity (mm)
Item Read pixel count Normal read High-definition mode read mode
X way
Y wa y
X wa y
Y way
X wa y
Y wa y
14" 17"
365.75
442.05
2090
2526
4180
5052
14" 14"
365.75
365.75
2090
2090
4180
4180
11" 1 14 4"
289.10
365.75
1652
2090
3304
4180
10" 12"
264.25
315.35
1510
1802
3020
3604
8" 10"
213.50
264.25
1220
1510
2440
3020
15 cm 30 cm
310.45
160.30
1774
916
3548
1832
Content
Method
Laser scanning by polygon mirror
Laser wavelength
659 5 nm
Light Collection Unit Item
Content
Method
Light c co ollecting mi mirror + reed-shaped lliight guide + angled excitation light cut filter + rounded photomultiplier tube (PMT)
Excitation light elimination
An angled excitation light cut filter is placed in the light guide window to eliminate excitation light.
Eraser Unit Item Method
2-6
High-definition read mode
12-bit (4096 gradation)
Read image size (Japan) Cassette type
Read capacity (mm)
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Content Erasing done by white LED.
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
Sub-scan Unit Item Method
Content Exposure unit fixed plate feed method
• Sub-scan (read/erase) of feeded photostimulable phosphor plate by optical/ light collection unit. Driving Driv ing me metho thod d
The sheet sheet-ty -type pe pla plate te rol roller ler fe feed ed me metho thod d using using
Operation
a 3-phase stepping motor. • When reading: reading is outward, erasing is out and back.
• When erasing: reading is outward (max signal value confirmation), erasing is out and back.
2
2. 2.3. 3.3 3 Cont Contro roll Part Part Fun Funct ctio ions ns The main control part functions are as follows. Function name
s n o i t a c i f i c e p S i n a M 3 . 2
Content
Image data generation function
• This function generates image data via laser
Image data
• Moire elimination calculation
revision/ calculation function
• Gain/offset revision calculation • Shading irregularity correction, polygon
scanning.
revision
• Erase speed calculation Communication
function
• Command receiving function • This function transmits read image data to a console PC.
• This function provides a device status notification. Control function
• This function is triggered by cassette loading, and performs a series of controls including mechanical control, optical control, signal processing control, communication control, etc.
• This function performs the controls needed •
Calibration function (during maintenance/ shipment settings)
to execute commands received via USB 2.0 interface communication. This function saves the base board serial number to device memory which should recognize the device's uniqueness.
Mainly the following functions are performed.
• • • •
Gain/offset function Irregularity calibration function Sensitivity calibration function Image position/size adjustment function
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-7
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.4 4 Bl Bloc ock k Di Diag agrram
Tray Moving Motor
Eraser LED Cooling Fan
LED_DRIVE2_BOARD
LD_DRIVE_BOARD
Loading NIP Motor
Magnetic Clutch
LED2_BOARD
LD_BOARD
Size Detecting Sensor 3
Loading/Feeding Motor
Size Detecting Sensor 4
Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor
Left Cassette Lock Sensor
Plate Sensor (light receiving)
Right Cassette Lock Sensor
Cassette Sensor
H-SYNC_BOARD DC24/5V
(DC24V)
Loading NIP HP Sensor
2 m a r g a i D k c o l B 4 . 2
Polygon
Sub-scan NIP Motor
Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor
Sub-scan Feeding Motor
Tray Lock Release Sensor
Size Detecting Sensor 1
V-SYNC Sensor
Plate Sensor (light emitting)
Size Detecting Sensor 2
Entrance NIP Sensor
Tray Sensor
Exit NIP Sensor
Tray HP Sensor
Rear Door Interlock SW
STATUS_LED_BOARD
Photomultiplier Tube
ANALOG_BOARD
Upper Door Interlock SW DC24V
MAIN_BOARD
External IF
AC Power Source
Inlet
Noise Filter
SW power supply 24V
USB
ImagePilot PC
AC100V to 240V
Excluding what is listed in the diagram, motors are supplied 24V, and other devices are supplied 5V of electricity from the main board.
2-8
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2.5 2.5 Ma Main in Pa Part rt Lo Loca cati tion ons s This is an explanation of where each device's main parts are positioned and how they function.
2.5.1 Frame 2
3
1 11
12
2
4 No.
Name
5
6
7
8
Function
9
10
Reference for how to change
1
Cassette Sensor
Turned ON when the cassette is loaded.
"5.3.9 Changing the cassette sensor (Page 5-34)"
2
Feeding Roller
The loading/feeding motor operates to remove or insert the plate from/into the cassette.
"5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)"
3
Magnetic Clutch
Regulates power sent to feeding roller.
"5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)"
4
Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor
Turned ON when the left door is open.
-
5
Power Pow er suppl supply y circuit circuit bre breake akerr
Used Used to tur turn n the d devic evice's e's p powe owerr ON/ ON/OFF OFF..
6
SW power supply
7
MAIN_BOARD
A base board that controls the device.
"5.3.4 Changing the main board (Page 5-28)"
8
Inse serrtio ion n fe feed m mo otor
Removes or or in inserts th the pla platte fr fr o om m/into th the cassette.
"5.4.1 Changing the loading/feeding motor (Page 5-40)"
9
Eras Eraser er LED LED C Coo oolin ling g Fan Fan
Takes akes in outs outsid ide e air air to keep keep the the era erase serr u uni nitt L LED ED cool.
"5.4.4 Changing the Eraser LED cooling fan (Page 5-44)"
10
Inlet-NF wiring Assy
-
"5.3.7 Changing the Inlet-NF wiring Assy (Page 532)"
11
Noise filter
-
-
12
Plate Sensor (light receiving) receiving)
-
Works toget together her wi with th the the plate plate sen sensor sor (lig (light ht emitting) of the upper insertion unit to detect whether a plate exists or not. Turns ON when a plate exists.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
"5.3.6 Changing the power supply circuit breaker (Page 5-31)" "5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply (Page 530)"
"5.3.10 Changing the plate sensor (light receiving) (Page 5-34)"
2-9
s n o i t a c o L t r a P n i a M 5 . 2
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.5. 5.2 2 Uppe Upperr Ins Inser erti tion on Unit Unit 1
2
10
11
3 4
5
6
7
8
9
12
13
14
2 11
10
s n o i t a c o L t r a P n i a M 5 . 2
1
13
14
2 12
3 4
5
No. 1
Name Switch (interlock 1)
6 7
8
9
Function Turned OFF when the upper door is open. This is not a safety interlock, but when turned OFF,, power is disconnected OFF di sconnected from the following.
Reference for how to change -
• Mechanical control power for motors, fans, etc. • Eraser LED, power for high-voltage generation • LD power 2
Adjusting cam, adjusting board
Used for oblique adjustments. Refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)". 6-2)".
3
Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor
4
Tray Lock Release Sensor
5
Loading NIP HP Sensor
Detects NIP status, the tray's lock status, etc. when the plate is moving in and out of the cassette. Refer to "4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status (Page 4-6)".. 4-6)"
6
Insertion n niip mo motor
Performs N NIIP o op peration, or or m mo oves tth he ttrray's abutment plate up and down when the image plate is moving in and out of the cassette.
Not changed as a single unit.
7
Lef Leftt Casse Cassette tte Loc Lock k Se Senso nsorr
Turne Turned d ON whe when n the the cassett cassette e is locked locked on the left left side.
Not changed as a single unit.
8
Size Size D Det etec ectio tion n Sens Sensor or 4
Not changed as a single unit.
9
Size Detection Sensor 3
Dete Determ rmin ines es casse cassett tte es size ize in a g grou roup po off 4 se sens nsor ors s together with size detection sensors 1 and 2 of the lower insertion unit. Refer to "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status (Page 4-5)". 4-5)".
2-10
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Not changed as a single unit.
-
Not changed as a single unit.
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
No.
Name
Function
Reference for how to change
10
Plate Plat e Sensor Sensor (ligh (lightt emitting emitting))
Works Works to toget gether her with with th the e frame's frame's p plat late e sen sensor sor (l (ligh ightt receiving) to detect whether a plate exists or not.
"5.3.11 1 Changing the plate sensor ( light emitting) "5.3.1 (Page 5-35)"
11
Tray Sensor
Turned ON when the tray is outside of the cassette.
Not changed as a single unit.
12
Right Right Ca Casse ssette tte Lock Lock Senso Sensorr
Turne Turned d ON when when th the e cas casset sette te is lo locked cked on th the e right side.
Not changed as a single unit.
13
Case Casett tte e ttra ray ym mov ove em mot otor or
Mo Move ves s tthe he tray tray in an and do out ut,, and and corre correct cts sc cas asse sett tte e
Not changed as a single unit.
tilt. 14
Tray HP Sensor
Turned ON when the notches used for moving the tray in and out are in their home position.
-
2. 2.5. 5.3 3 Lowe Lowerr Ins Inser erti tion on Unit Unit
2 3
2
s n o i t a c o L t r a P n i a M 5 . 2
1
No.
Name
Function
Reference for how to change
1
Status L LE ED b bo oard
Ab ba ase b bo oard for s sttatus d diisplay ((s status lla amps) an and operations (Erase switch).
"5.3.1 Changing the status LED board (Page 525)"
2
Size Size D Det etec ecti tion on Sens Sensor or 1
Dete Determ rmin ines es casse cassett tte es size ize in a g gro roup up of 4 s sen enso sors rs
"5.3.8 Changing size detection sensors 1 and 2
3
Size Detection Sensor 2
together with size detection sensors 3 and 4 of the upper insertion unit. Refer to "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status (Page 4-5)". 4-5)".
REGIUS /II Service Manual
(Page 5-33)"
2-11
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.5. 5.4 4 SubSub-sc scan an Un Unit it 1
2 3
4
5
11
8
12
2 s n o i t a c o L t r a P n i a M 5 . 2
6 7 No.
9 Name
Function
10
Reference for how to change
1
Entr Entran ance ce NIP NIP Sen Sensor sor
Turn urned ON when when Driv Drive e Roll Roller er U is in NIP st stat atus us..
"5.3.13 Changing the entrance NIP sensor (Page 5-38)"
2
Drive Roller U
Feeds the plate via a Sub-scan Feeding Motor.
"5.4.9 Changing the drive rollers (Page 5-49)"
3
Drive Roller D
4
Sub-scan N NIIP M Mo otor
Pe rrfforms N NIIP ffo or D Drrive ive R Ro olle lerr U and D Drriv ive eR Ro oll lle er D.
"5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and subscan drive Assy (Page 5-41)"
5
Sub-sca n Feeding M Mo o to r
Feeds th the pla platte.
"5.4.3 Changing the sub-scan feeding motor (Page 5-43)"
6
Handle (Unjamming dial)
Used to rotate Drive Rollers U and D when a plate jam occurs.
-
7
Exit NIP Sensor
Turned ON when Drive Roller D is in NIP status.
"5.3.14 Changing the exit NIP sensor (Page 5-39)"
8
Driven entrance assembly driven roller
Operates via Sub-scan NIP motor to perform NIP for Drive Roller U and Drive Roller D.
-
9
Driven exit assembly - driven roller
10
Switch (interlock 2)
-
Turned OFF when the rear door is open. This is not a safety interlock, but when turned OFF,, power is disconnected OFF dis connected from the following.
-
• Mechanical control power for motors, fans, etc. • Eraser LED, power for high-voltage generation • LD power 11
V-SY SYN NC asse sem mbly
12
V-SYNC Sensor
2-12
Detects when passage is ava vail ila able for the plate in a reading area. Sensor is ON when a plate exists.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
"5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC sensor and VSYNC assembly (Page 5-37)"
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.5. 5.5 5 Expo Exposu sure re Unit Unit
2
Parts within the exposure unit cannot be changed individually. If a problem occurs within the exposure unit, the entire exposure unit must be changed. IMPORTANT
Do not disassemble the exposure unit.
2. 2.5. 5.6 6 Li Ligh ghtt Col Colle lect ctio ion n Uni Unitt
2
1 No.
Name
Function
Reference for how to change
1
Handle (Light Collection Unit Cleaning Handle)
Activates a cleaning mechanism to keep the light guide and laser scanning line of the light li ght collection unit free of dust.
"5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)"
2
Analog board
A base bo board ard that takes in analog analog signals from the photomultiplier tube and converts them.
Not changed as a single unit.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-13
s n o i t a c o L t r a P n i a M 5 . 2
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.5 5.7 Er Era aser Uni Unitt
1
2 s n o i t a c o L t r a P n i a M 5 . 2
No. 1
2-14
Name LED_ LED_DR DRIV IVE2 E2_B _BOA OAR RD
Function Ab bas ase eb bo oar ard d ttha hatt con contr tro ols th the eE Era rase serr L LED ED..
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Reference for how to change "5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board (Page 525)"
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2.6 2.6 Be Beha havi vior or Ex Expl plai aine ned d 2.6.1 2.6 .1 St State ate Tra ransi nsitio tion n Diag Diagram ram
Power Supply Circuit Breaker OFF OFF (Constant)
Power Supply Circuit Breaker ON
Boot Initialization Process
Routine Mode Erase Switch pressed for 2 seconds
2
Cassette Inserted
d e n i a l p x E r o i v h a e B 6 . 2
Erase Mode Cassette Inserted
Cassette Ejected
Erase Process
Cassette Ejected
Image Reading
Error Occurs
Door Opened/Closed
No sleep mode mode as with REG REGIUS IUS MODELS 1 110/210 10/210 is available available.. (No opera operation tion switch.)
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-15
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2.6.2 2.6 .2 Norma Normall Operat Operation ion (Ima (Image ge Readi Reading) ng) Operation/ control Initialization
No. 1
Feed (letters in parenthesis correspond to the diagram)
Exposure / Optical / Eraser
Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No." column)
Notch (A) for tray removal retracts.
Upper Insertion Unit
• Drive source: Tray moving
B
motor (F) 2
A
The tray's lock release Notch (B) retracts.
C
• Drive source: Loading NIP
D
motor (G)
User loads cassette
3
2 d e n i a l p x E r o i v a h e B 6 . 2
5
6
Notch (D) releases tray lock (bolt mechanism). (For large cassettes only) • No drive sourcePart (E) is pushed into operation by the cassette.
8
Notch (A) ejects the tray, and bumps it against the abutment plate. • Drive source: Tray moving motor (F)
9
Magnetic Clutch (H) is turned ON. (Feeding roller connects to drive source.)
12
13
11 Abutment Plate
NIP Roller E
Size Detection Sensor 3 7 3 4 Cassette 5 8 6 12
10 11
The NIP roller is lowered, and moves into NIP status with the feeding roller. • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G)
Abutment Plate F
The abutment plate is raised with the tray attached, and the image plate is removed from the tray. • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G) Notch (A) slightly returns the tray (to avoid tray and roller contact). • Drive source: Tray moving motor (F) Loading/Feeding Motor (I) starts the plate into send feed. At the same time, Sub-scan Feeding Motor (J) starts up.
NIP Roller G
I 13 ON
H 9 ON
Feeding Roller J 13 ON
• Seven seconds later, l ater, the polygon lock is confirmed, the laser emits low level light, and PMT high voltage is turned ON. (PMT voltage level rises until V-SYNC detection)
source: Loading/ • Drive Feeding Motor (I)
2-16
2
10
Notch (A) moves in the tray's return direction and corrects the cassette's position. • Drive source: Tray moving motor (F) Notch (B) is lowered, and the tray lock is released. • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G)
11
rotate for cassette detection.
Notch (A) is lowered, and connects to the cassette's tray ejection notch (cassette open/ close lever). • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G)
7
10
Plate is sent (feed)
• Polygon starts to
Notch (C) locks the cassette.
• No drive source 4
Plate is ejected
1
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Drive Roller U Drive Roller D
Power
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
Operation/ control (V-SYNC detection)
No. 14
15
Feed (letters in parenthesis correspond to the diagram) Loading/Feeding Motor (I) stops. Magnetic Clutch (H) is turned OFF. The feeding roller is released from NIP status. (Otherwise the plate will scrape against the roller.)
Exposure / Optical / Eraser
Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No." column)
• When V-SYNC
Driven Entrance Assembly
detection has 42 line counts (H-SYNC) remaining, the laser emits strong light, and image reading begins.
Driven Exit Assembly
K
Drive Roller D goes into NIP
14 OFF
status. (Theoftiming is the same regardless cassette size.)
14 OFF
12 ON 15
• Drive source: Sub-scan NIP
12 ON V-SYNC Detection 14
Motor (K) 16
14
16
Drive Roller U is released from NIP status. (Timing differs according to cassette size.)
• Drive source: Sub-scan NIP
2
Motor (K)
Plate is returned (feed)
17
Send feed stops at 10 mm from V-SYNC detection.
18
Sub-scan Feeding Motor (J) begins the plate's return feed. At the same time, an operation begins in which Drive Roller U moves into NIP status.
• The Eraser LED lights
• Drive source: Sub-scan
8 ON
Feeding Motor (J) (V-SYNC detection) (Plate detected)
19
21
Plate Detected 20
up.
18 ON 20 ON
• From V-SYNC detection to 45 mm, feed speed gets faster, then slows down.
20
When the plate sensor detects a plate (at the front end of its return direction), the Magnetic Clutch turns ON, and the feeding roller begins its return operation. (Timing differs according to plate size.)
21
The NIP roller is lowered, and moves into NIP status with the feeding roller.
d e n i a l p x E r o i v a h e B 6 . 2
18
20 ON
18 ON 19 V-SYNC Detection
• Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G) (No plate detected)
22
When plate not detect the a plate (atsensor the fardoes end of its return direction), the plate is determined to be stored in the cassette, and the tray's abutment plate is lowered. At the same time, Notch (B) is enabled to release the tray lock to take in tray storage.
Eraser LED shuts • The down.
No Plate 22 Detected
23 OFF
22
22 OFF
• Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G) 23
The Magnetic Clutch is turned OFF.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-17
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
Operation/ control Plate storage
No. 24
Feed (letters in parenthesis correspond to the diagram)
Exposure / Optical / Eraser
Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No." column)
Notch (A) returns the tray to the cassette. (Max send: Abutment)
• Drive source: Tray moving
A
motor (F) 25
C
Notch (A) moves slightly in the extraction direction. (To relieve the tray of push stress.)
• Drive source: Tray moving motor (F) 26
Notch (C) releases the cassette lock.
• Drive source: Loading NIP
Plate Sensor (light emitting)
B
motor (G) 26
2 24
d e n i a l p x E r o i v a h e B 6 . 2
User ejects the cassette (and initialization begins).
2-18
27
Moves into standby mode to prepare for the next image reading.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
25
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2.6.3 2.6 .3 Initia Initializ lizati ation on Operat Operation ion By switching the power supply circuit breaker to ON, device operation will begin, starting with the initialization process. After starting up, firmware initialization content is as follows.
1) CPU Initia Initializat lization ion Proce Process ss 2) OS Initia Initializat lization ion Proc Process ess 3) FPGA Config Configurati uration on & Initia Initializat lization ion 4) Generation of all resources, s such uch as eac each h firmware task, etc. 5) Ke Kern rnel el runs runs Each task operation will begin from this point, and the device will start up. USB communication initialization, mechanical and optical initialization etc. will also be performed simultaneously.
Mechanical Initialization Operation
Power ON/When door is closed Initialization Operation
Sensor Check
Plate Residue Check
Motor HP Eject Operation Eraser LED / Cooling Fan Disconnection Check
Error Detection
Error Detection
Error Detection
Error Detection
Optic Device Operation Check
Gain Offset Calculated
Normal Shutdown
Error Detection
Abnormal Shutdown
Summary Sensor Check All sensors sensors are check checked, ed, then then checks checks are made of wheth whether er or not there is a cassette in i n the Cassette Insertion Slot, and whether or not a plate is inside the device. If one is detected, error notification is provided. For details, refer to " Sensor Check Flow (Page 2-20)" 2-20)".. Plate Residue Check The Sub-scan Feeding Motor is rotated for a certain amount of time, and if the V-SYNC sensor is turned ON (plate detected) at that time, the following operation is performed. 1. After th the e Sub-scan F Feeding eeding Motor Motor has stopped stopped,, it will turn a determined number of revolutions, and the plate is sent to an area where it can easily be ejected from the upper Door (unjamming send process). 2. An err error or mes message sage is is displaye displayed. d. Motor HP Eject Operation The Tray Moving Motor, Loading NIP Motor, and Sub-scan NIP Motor HP eject operation is performed. During each operation, changes to the sensors attached to each motor are confirmed to make sure that no errors have occurred in the sensors. Tray Moving Motor: Motor: Tray Tray HP Se Sensor nsor Loading Loadi ng NIP Motor: Lock Re Release lease S Sensor ensor Loading NIP HP Sensor Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor Sub-scan Sub-sca n NIP Motor Motor:: Entran Entrance ce NI NIP P Sensor Sensor Exit NIP Sensor Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check The Eraser LED and Eraser LED Cooling Fan are turned ON for a certain time, and if an Eraser LED error signal or Erase Fan error signal is detected during that time, error notification is given. For details, refer to " Moving into Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check Status (Page 2-21)". 2-21)" . Optic Device Operation Check Polygon is rotated, and confirmation is made that polygon lock signal detection can be performed. Laser is activated to emit light, while HSYNC updates and PID (Polygon-ID) detection are confirmed. If HSYNC updates and PID detection cannot be confirmed, error notification is provided. For details, refer to " Moving into Optical Device Operation Check Status (Page 2-20)". 2-20)". Gain Offset Calculated Pixel values are entered with two reference current source types, and the gain offset is calculated from each average.
•
Motor HP Eject Operation and Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check will be performed in parallel.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-19
2 d e n i a l p x E r o i v a h e B 6 . 2
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
Sensor Check Flow Sensor Check
High Voltage SW
OFF (High Voltage OFF)
Tray Sensor
Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7001)
OFF (Plate Attached)
V-SYNC Sensor
d e n i a l p x E r o i v a h e B 6 . 2
Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7000)
ON (Tray Ejection)
Plate Sensor
2
Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7413)
Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7002)
ON (Plate Attached)
Cassette Sensor
Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7003)
ON (Cassette Attached)
Cassette Status Monitor notified that Cassette Insertion Monitoring will begin
Normal Shutdown
Abnormal Shutdown
Moving into Optical Device Operation Check Status
Polygon Rotation Begins Polygon Rotation Stability Standby Timer B egins
Polygon Rotation Check in Progress Timeout
Polygon Lock Detected Polygon Rotation Stability Standby Timer Stops Laser ON (half size 87.5 μm setting)
PID Signal Detection Standby
PID Signal Detection Failure
PID Signal Detection OK Laser OFF Polygon stopped
2-20
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Laser OFF Polygon stopped
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
Moving into Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check Status
Eraser LED ON Eraser LED Cooling Fan ON Error Monitor Timer Begins
Eraser LED Error Detection
Error Signal Monitoring
Timeout
Erase Fan Error Detection Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF
Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF
Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF
2 2. 2.6. 6.4 4 Eras Erase e Oper Operat atio ion n When the device's status is READY, holding down the Erase switch for at least 2 seconds will put it into Erase Mode status. Loading a cassette while the Erase Lamp is blinking will start the Erase operation. The Erase operation adjusts to the plate status to perform at the optimal speed.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
2-21
d e n i a l p x E r o i v a h e B 6 . 2
Chapter 2 Before Repairing
2. 2.7 7 Ca Cass sset ette te/P /Pla late te H Han andl dlin ing g Carefully adhere to the following instructions when handling a cassette or plate. IMPORTANT
Only cassettes and plates exclusively produced for this device can be used with it. Rigid cassettes that are used with REGIUS MODEL 110 etc. cannot be used.
2.8 Tool ools, s, Inst Instrum rument ents, s, J Jigs igs,, et etc. c. Needed for Service The following tools, instruments, jigs are needed to service this device. Jig / Tool Standard Tools
• Phillips-head screwdriver
Comment The tray is used to store loose screws and parts.
(#1 bit): for cassette
Maintaining image quality • Always make make sure the plate's reading surfac surface e has not been scratched or contaminated with foreign objects.
• If you find any foreign objects on the plate's reading surface, immediately clean it off.
• When handling a plate, wear the proper type of gloves according to film handling.
2 g n i l d n a H e t a l P / e t t e s s a C 7 . 2
• Keep the plate away from sunlight. • If the plate is exposed to fluorescent light during cleaning, etc. make sure to complete the task as quickly as possible and immediately load the plate into the cassette when finished.
• Do not let the cassette get scratched or dirty dirty..
screwdriver • Phillips-head (#2 bit): for device
• • • • •
Flathead screwdriver Hex wrench Wrench Nippers Tray
A static electricity countermeasure type wristband (for grounding) Laser safety glasses
Tester
Transport & storage
Gloves
• Follow the specifications below in regards to temperature and humidity.
- Temperature: 10 to 30 °C - Humidity: 15 to 80% RH (with no condensation) • Do not expose it to X-rays, rays or any other sort of radiation.
Portable vacuum cleaner
Used to clean the plate's feeding path.
Cloth
Used to clean the device's external parts after servicing.
Plastic sheet
Use to cover light collection unit when removing them to keep dust out.
• A plate which has been unsealed unsealed must be loaded and stored in the cassette.
• Do not drop or bump the cassette. • Stand the cassette in a rack for storage during operation. Things to confirm before insertion To prevent trouble during feed of the plate, insert the cassette only after confirming the following points.
• Make sure the cassette has not been altered in form or
Cloth, cardboard, etc. Maintenance PC USB Cable
Used to connect a maintenance PC to the device.
A 14" × 17" size cassette and plate
Used when performing oblique light adjustment. (If not possessed by the user)
damaged.If the cassette is found to have a problem, do not insert it into the device.
• Confirm that no memo clips, paper paper,, or other such objects are caught inside.
Supplies
• Confirm that the cassette is locked. Disposal • Refer to "1.3.6 Disposal Cautions (Page 1-5)"
Jig / Tool Alcohol Zip ties Snap bands
2-22
Capable of protecting against 659 nm laser wavelength
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Comment
Chapter 3 Chapter3
Troubleshooting An explanation of the various methods for dealing with device-related troubles.
3.1
Work Flow............. Flow.................. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........ ..3-2 3-2
3.2
Recovery Recovery Opera Operation tion..... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ........... .......... ....... 3-2
3.3 3.4
How to Retrieve Retrieve Logs..... Logs.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........3-3 ...3-3 Error Error Messa Message ge Co Conte ntent nt & Cou Counte nterme rmeasu asures... res...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 3-4
3.5
Counte Counterme rmeasu asures res for deali dealing ng with with pro proble blems ms not not d disp isplay layed ed as error messages......................................................... messages..................................................................3.........3-70 70
3 g n i t o h s e l b u o r T
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.1 Work Flow
3.2 3.2 Re Reco cove very ry Op Oper erat atio ion n
The following flow provides countermeasures to various issues that may occur with the device.
When an error occurs, restart this device and check if the error occurs again. The following is an explanation on how to restart.
Problem
Countermeasure Flow
CAUTION UTION
1. If the plate is still inside the device, remove it. 2. Restart the device.
-
An error error m messag essage e is displayed displayed on the ImagePilot for this problem.
If the plate is still inside the device, remove it before performing a recovery operation. For details on how to eject a plate, refer to the operation manual.
Refer to "3.2 Recovery Operation (Page 3-2)". 3-2)".
3. Check if the error occurs again. 4. Refer to "3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures (Page 3-4)" and perform the appropriate 3-4)" countermeasure.
1.
Open and close the upper door.
If unable to perform the countermeasure. Contact our service window with a detailed explanation of the problem (refer to " Contact Information"). Information").
3 w o l F k r o W 1 . 3
Refer to "3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed as error messages (Page 3-70)" and 3-70)" and perform perfo rm th thee ap approp propriate riate
An error error m messag essage e is not displayed on the ImagePilot for this problem.
countermeasure. If the plate is still inside the device, remove it before doing anything else.
Opening and closing the upper Door triggers the device's initialization process. HINT
Opening/closing any other door on the device will also work. The initialization process will be triggered in the same fashion.
If unable to perform the countermeasure. Contact our service window with a detailed explanation of the problem (refer to " Contact Information"). Information").
If a sensor, etc. has gone bad, the initialization process will be halted, and the error will occur again.
Contact Information When contacting our service window regarding a problem, provide the following information with as much detail as possible. Item Log, etc.
Content
•
When trouble occurs with the device, extract a device log etc. from the ImagePilot. Logs")) (refer to "3.3 How to Retrieve Logs"
•
If a defective image is created, compile the following log from the ImagePilot.
-
App Log System Log Reader Log
Dealing with a Service Call Error If a V-SYNC error occurs during the image read process, or a basic operation failure occurs in the base board (RAM/ROM cannot be accessed), reader will bethe in power ServiceOFF/ON Call Error Opening/ closing thethe door or turning willstatus. not correct the error in this case. If a Service Call Error (Error code 7118, 7125, 7318, etc.) occurs, repair/replace the part that caused the error, then have a service engineer perform the following steps for recovery.
1.
JM Log
Facility connection format Recovery information
Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an ImagePilot connected to this device. The [Service Tool] screen will be displayed for reader settings.
• •
Did the device recover with the door opened/ closed? Did the breaker have to be switched OFF/ ON?
2.
Select [Reader Settings], then click the [Settings] button for [Unit test].
System Information Image Da Data
If a defective image is created, make a backup of the defective image from the ImagePilot.
Other Details
3-2
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.3 3.3 Ho How w tto oR Ret etri riev eve eL Log ogs s
The [Unit test] screen is displayed.
This section describes how to retrieve logs. IMPORTANT
Retrieve logs before powering ON/OFF.
1.
Launch the reader setting service tool using Image Pilot with this device connected. The [Service Tool] screen for reader setting is displayed.
2. 3.
Click the [Clear Service Call error] button.
Select [Reader Setting] and click on the [Setting] button of [Reader log]. The [Reader log] screen is displayed.
The error will be cleared.
4.
Turn the device power OFF and ON.
3.
Click the [Get reader log] button. The behavior depends on the Image Pilot version.
3
• For V1.50/1.51 The log is stored in the following location: C: ¥ ¥Konicaminolta ¥kim ¥Server ¥ReaderSetting ¥Prog ¥ Pegasus ¥ ～ Board Number ～ ¥Log ¥
s g o L e v e i r t e R o t w o H 3 . 3
Board number example r170-0001_A1P5H1010-00050
• V1.52 or higher Select the save destination folder from the [Browse for Folder] screen, and click the [OK] button.
The log is saved in the selected folder.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-3
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.4 Err Error or Me Messa ssage ge Co Conte ntent nt & Co Count unterm ermeas easure ures s 3.4.1 3.4 .1 70xx: 70xx: Ini Initia tializ lizati ation on Errors Errors Error code 7000
Error Name/Description
Tray ejection detected during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray ejection)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Cassette not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service ttool ool to confim that that the Tray Tray Sensor is detect detecting ing the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 3. Replac Replace e the upper insertion insertion unit. unit.
7001
3
OFF.. • Plate Sensor is OFF
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r
Plate detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization: (There is a plate.)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that the Plate Sensor Sensor detect detects s a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1) (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1) (JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7002
Plate detection via V-SYNC during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
• • • • •
Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that the V-SYNC V-SYNC Sensor is workin working. g. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
E 4 . 3
3-4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7003
Error Name/Description
Cassette L/R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use tthe he ser service vice tool tool to confirm that Size Detectio Detection n Sensor Senso r 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
to 4 are in any status other
• • • • •
than "no cassette detected."
•• Disconnection MAIN_BOARD
Confirm Confir m that Size Detection Detecti on Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
• Size Detection Sensors 1
• Cassette Sensor is ON. (There is a cassette.)
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)( (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2 )(JP30-2))(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
3
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the
s e r
sensor.
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4, Cassette Sensor Sensor or Right/Le Right/Left ft Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Load Loading ing NIP Mo Motor tor is workin working. g. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 4. Replac Replace e the upper insertion insertion unit. unit.
s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-5
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7004
Error Name/Description
Cassette L lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use tthe he ser service vice tool tool to confirm that Size Detectio Detection n Sensor Senso r 1 to 4 and Cassette Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
to 4 are in any status other
• • • • •
than "no cassette detected."
•• Disconnection MAIN_BOARD
Confirm Confir m that Size Detection Detecti on Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
• Size Detection Sensors 1
• Cassette Sensor is OFF OFF..
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection
(There is no cassette.)
• Right Cassette Lock
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)( (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
Sensor is ON. (unlocked)
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2 )(JP30-2))(MCN6) is working.
is OFF. (locked)
Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
3
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 or Cassette Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Load Loading ing NIP Mo Motor tor is workin working. g. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 4. Replac Replace e the upper insertion insertion unit. unit. 7005
Cassette R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• Size Detection Sensors 1 to 4 are in any status other than "no cassette detected."
• Cassette Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is no cassette.)
E 4 . 3
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor is ON. (unlocked)
• Right Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)
• • • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use tthe he ser service vice tool tool to confirm that Size Detectio Detection n Sensor Senso r 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm Confir m that Size Detection Detecti on Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)( (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2 )(JP30-2))(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4, Cassette Sensor Sensor or Right/Le Right/Left ft Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-6
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7006
Error Name/Description
Plate remnant detection during initialization When the sensor searches for a plate during initialization:
• A plate is detected.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
• Plate not removed • Foreign object
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) This error code indicates that a plate has been detected.To detected.To correct this error, remove the detected plate. If this error code continues to be displayed, V-SYNC Sensor or Plate Sensor may be malfunctioning. 1. Use the se service rvice tool to confirm that that V-SYNC V-SYNC Sensor Sensor and Plate Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1) (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1) (JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 7007
Tray HP Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization: • When Tray Motor moves the tray from HP:
- Tray HP Sensor is OFF.
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • • • •
(light interception)
Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
3
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7008
Tray HP Ejection Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization: the tray from HP:
• • • • •
HP Sensor is ON. - Tray (transparent)
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
• When Tray Motor ejected
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7009
Loose sub-scan connector detection during initialization During initialization:
• Sensor detected that a sub-scan connecter is loose.
• • • • •
Old FPGA version. No solid connection Disconnection (Sensor malfunction) (MAIN_BOARD malfunction)
1. Check th the e version of the the FPGA and u update pdate it when when the version version is older than V110R00001. 2. Check th the e wiring between between ma main in board a and nd sub-scan sub-scan unit.
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. From (JP36-1)(JP36-2) to (MCN5)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. HINT
This error code indicates that three connectors for sub-scan unit are loose.Please make sure that all connections are secure after replacing unit or taking other corrective actions.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-7
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7010
Error Name/Description
Loading NIP ejection from HP error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Loading NIP HP Sensor did not detect any change.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7011
3
Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Loading NIP HP Sensor
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r
• • • • • •
and Tray Lock Release Sensor did not detect any
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
change.
Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7012
Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.
E 4 . 3
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-8
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7013
Error Name/Description
Loading NIP HP ejection lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Tray Lock Release Sensor did not detect any change.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the serv service ice tool to confirm confirm that Loading Loading NIP Motor Motor and Tray Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7014
Loading NIP HP ejection lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the serv service ice tool to confirm confirm that Loading Loading NIP Motor Motor and Tray Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7015
Loading NIP HP ejection and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor did not detect any change.
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
3
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-9
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7016
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Loading NIP HP ejection HP / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• • • • •
NIP HP Sensor • Loading and Loading NIP Open/
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
Close Sensor did not detect any change.
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7017
3
• When Loading NIP Motor
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Loading NIP HP Passing Loading NIP HP error during initialization When scanning is re-erased: has passed HP:
- Loading NIP HP Sensor
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
is OFF. (light interception)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP HP Sen Sensor sor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7018
Sub-scan NIP HP ejection entrance NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:
• When sub-scan NIP motor completes HP ejection:
• • • • • •
- Entrance NIP Sensor is
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Sub-sca Sub-scan n NIP Motor Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 7019
Sub-scan NIP HP ejection exit NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:
• When sub-scan NIP motor completes HP ejection:
- Exit NIP Sensor is OFF.
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
(Exit NIP is closed.)
2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 1. Use the se service rvice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan Sub-scan NIP Motor Motor and Exit NIP NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7020
Inerasable cassette detection After the sensor detects incomplete insertion of a
-
This error code indicates that a cassette is inserted during initialization.To correct this error, remove the cassette.
cassette during initialization: • Cassette is locked inside when it is being removed.
3-10
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7021
Error Name/Description
Tray HP Ejection Sensor malfunction during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:
• When Tray Motor ejects a tray from HP: - Tray HP Sensor did not detect any change.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7022
Loading NIP Sensor error when cassette lock release When cassette is being unlocked:
No cassette
A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.
• Loading NIP HP Sensor is
3
ON (transparent) or Tray Lock Release Sensor is OFF (light interception). 7023
Main unit/erase identification error during initialization During initialization
• The erase identification detected it as the eraser unit for , although the main unit identification is II.
• The eraser unit for is installed.
• Eraser unit malfunction (LED2_BOARD or LED_DRIVE2_BOARD malfunction)
• Disconnection (disconnection of a bundle wire, etc.)
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Che Check ck the the era eraser ser unit unit.. If the eraser unit for (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD) is installed, replace it with the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD, LED_DRIVE2_BOARD). 2. Cha Change nge the the erase eraserr unit. unit. 3. Confir Confirm m that all wires wires are firm firmly ly connect connected, ed, and replace replace wires wires as required: Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working. 4. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-11
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3. 3.4. 4.2 2 71 71xx xx:: Sen Senso sorr Err Error ors s For sensor errors, please take the following steps: 1. Check the sensor-side sensor-side connector. connector. 2. Check the rela relay y connectors connectors between between main device an and d other device devices. s. 3. Con Confirm firm that that m moto otorr is work working. ing. 4. Check inte interaction raction b between etween motor an and d detect detector. or. in
the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off.In order to clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)" . Possible causes if solutions Error code 7100
Error Name/Description
Tray HP Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)
provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Tra Tray y HP Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor.
3
2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7101
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Tray Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • No solid connection
OFF.. (tray • Tray Sensor is OFF
• Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
ejection)
malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confim onfim that that the Tray Tray Senso Sensorr is detecting the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7102
Loading NIP HP sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Loading NIP HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP HP Sens Sensor or is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 7103
Lock release sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Tray Lock Release Sensor is OFF. (light interception)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-12
REGIUS /II Service Manual
SC Error
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7104
Error Name/Description
Loading NIP open/close sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor is OFF. (light interception)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7105
Plate detection sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Plate Sensor is OFF OFF..
• • • •
(There is a plate.)
Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to confirm that that the Plate Plate Sensor Sensor detects detects a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
3
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working.
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7106
V-SYNC sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
• No solid connection • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that the V V-SYNC -SYNC Sens Sensor or is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7107
Loading NIP Sensor error during scanning tray lock
• • release • When Loading NIP Motor • completes unlocking the tray for scanning: • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and
No solid connection
Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
Motor malfunction
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
E 4 . 3
deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-13
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7108
Error Name/Description
Tray detection sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector.
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7109
3
Tray HP Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When Tray Motor ejects the tray for scanning:
• Tray HP Sensor is OFF. (light interception)
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7110
Plate Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When Tray Motor ejects the tray for scanning:
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)
• • • • • •
No plate in the cassette Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if Tray Tray Motor Motor and Plate S Sensor ensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-
E 4 . 3
-
(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. Change the sensor.
Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7111
Tray Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When Tray Motor ejects the tray for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• • • • • • •
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should
be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-14
REGIUS /II Service Manual
SC Error
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7112
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Loading NIP sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP for scanning:
• • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor,and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
3
replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7113
Loading NIP Sensor error during raising scanning tray When Loading NIP Motor
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector
completes raising the tray for scanning:
• • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning. •
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working.
Motor malfunction No solid connection
If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r
deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7114
Tray Sensor error during scanning/loading/feeding When Loading/Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
E 4 . 3
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-15
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7115
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Entrance NIP sensor error during read/sub-scan/NIP HP removal When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes HP ejection for scanning:
• • • • •
NIP Sensor is • Entrance ON (entrance NIP is open)
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
or OFF (entrance NIP is closed). This OFF state will soon be turned to ON (entrance NIP is open).
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 3. Replac Replace e su sub-scan b-scan drive Assy. Assy.
7116
3
Exit NIP sensor error during read/sub-scan/NIP HP removal When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes HP ejection for scanning:
• Exit NIP Sensor is OFF. (Exit NIP is closed.)
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
E 4 . 3
3-16
REGIUS /II Service Manual
SC Error
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7117
Error Name/Description
Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • •
Plate jam
•• • •
Motor malfunction No solid connection
• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. OFF. (There is no plate.)
• Plate Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is a plate.)
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached
Disconnection Upper Door not installed properly
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Magnetic Clutch are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 2. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
3
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)(MCN4) is working.
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor. 3. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.( door.(Feeding Feeding g guide uide may be out out of alignment.) 4. Use the servi service ce tool to check check if Sub-scan Feeding Feeding Motor Motor and V-SYNC Sensor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.
- Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7118
V-SYNC sensor error during scanning/loading/feeding When Loading/Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. OFF. (There is no plate.) This OFF state will soon change to ON (with a plate).(remains OFF)
• • • •
Plate jam
• • • •
Motor malfunction
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.
Disconnection
Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-17
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7119
Error Name/Description
Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of exit NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing exit NIP for scanning:
• Entrance NIP Sensor is ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7120
3
Exit NIP sensor error during read/closing of exit NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing exit NIP for scanning:
• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7121
Entrance NIP sensor error during read/opening of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes opening entrance NIP for scanning:
• Entrance NIP Sensor is
• • • • • •
OFF. (Entrance N IP is OFF. closed.)
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. the motor/sensor. - Replace 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7122
Exit NIP sensor error during read/opening of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes opening entrance NIP for scanning:
• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-18
REGIUS /II Service Manual
SC Error
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7123
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing entrance NIP for scanning:
• • • • •
NIP Sensor is • Entrance ON. (Entrance NIP is
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
open.)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7124
Exit NIP sensor error during read/closing of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing entrance NIP for scanning:
• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
3
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7125
V-SYNC Sensor error as subscan returns When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes return plate for scanning:
• V-SYNC Sensor does not come on (with a plate) when Sub-scan Feeding Motor is returning the plate, or the sensor remains ON after the operation is complete.
• • • •
Plate jam
• • • •
Motor malfunction
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection
1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor Motor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.
Disconnection
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
• Slipping of the slowdown pulley and drive belt.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 3. Trea Treatt the slowdo slowdown wn pulley pulley su surface. rface.
7126
Tray Sensor error 1 during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely
• (There is a plate.) and Tray • Sensor is ON. (no tray • ejection) •
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON.
attached Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Sub-scan Sub-scan Feeding Feeding Moto Motor, r, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. that all wires are firmly connected. -- Confirm Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-19
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7127
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Tray Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is being lowered When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered for
• • • • •
scanning: • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
Plate jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7128
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Loading NIP Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is lowered When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered for scanning:
• • • • • •
• Three loading NIP sensors
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
are malfunctioning.
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor, and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7129
Plate detection sensor error during read/insertion/feed (return) When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:
• Plate Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is a plate.)
• • • • • • • •
Plate jam Cassette defect Plate defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate.
- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 2. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-20
REGIUS /II Service Manual
SC Error
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7130
Error Name/Description
Size detection error during cassette insertion After inserting a cassette and position control operation operation is launched:
• None of Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 matches any cassette size.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Wrong cassette (not supported by this device)
• Sensor malfunction • No solid connection • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Check to se see e that th the e link spring o off lower insertion insertion unit unit is intact. 2. Use th the e service service tool tool to conf confirm irm that that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Size Detectio Confirm De tection n Sensor Se nsor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detectio Confirm De tection n Sensor Se nsor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
3
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7131
Tray HP Sensor error when scanning tray returns When Tray Motor completes returning the tray for scanning:
• Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)
• • • • • • •
Cassette defect Deformation of detector Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
1. Confir Confirm m that cassette tray tray can be inserted/ejected inserted/ejected smoothly smoothly.. If not, replace the cassette. 2. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7132
Tray Sensor error when scanning tray returns When Tray Motor completes returning the tray for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray ejection)
• • • • • • •
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-21
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7133
Error Name/Description
Lock sensor error during read/cassette lock release When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette for scanning:
• Either Left or Right Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
• Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Cassette Lock Sensor Left/Right are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7134
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Tray Sensor error when releasing scanning cassette lock When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray
• • • • • •
ejection)
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7135
Loading NIP sensor error during read/cassette lock release When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette for scanning:
• • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • • are malfunctioning.
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-22
REGIUS /II Service Manual
SC Error
3 22
REGIUS / II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7136
Error Name/Description
Plate long check error during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor is feeding a plate for scanning:
• The feeding distance by Sub-scan Feeding Motor (from V-SYNC Sensor is ON to OFF) differs from inserted cassette plate length.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Wrong length plate inserted
• Plate jam • Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use th the e service service tool tool to conf confirm irm that that Size Detection Sensor properly detects cassette size. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
not securely • Detector attached
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
• Feeding guide malfunction • Foreign object in feeding
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
path
• • • • •
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Feeding roller slippage Motor malfunction
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
SC Error
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly. 3. Che Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath..
-
Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
Confirm that roller has any condensation. 4. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor an and d V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7137
No cassette when controlling cassette position and releasing cassette lock When cassette position control and unlocking operations are initiated:
• Either Cassette Sensor or Cassette Lock Sensor Left/ Right is OFF.
No cassette
A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3 23
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7138
Error Name/Description
Tray Sensor error 2 during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF (There is no plate.) and Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7139
3
V-SYNC Sensor error 2 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
1. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Che - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Foreign object in feeding path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation. 3. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate. • Plate defect • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate • Sensor malfunction slot. • Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor,, • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are • Disconnection working. • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.( door.(Feeding Feeding g guide uide may be out out of alignment.) 6. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3 24
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7143
Error Name/Description
V-SYNC sensor error 2 when sub-scan When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
SC Error
1. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Che
(There is a plate.)
object in feeding • Foreign path
ejection)
• • • •
Feeding roller slippage
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction
• Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
Cassette defect Plate defect Upper door not installed properly Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
--
Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
Confirm that roller has any condensation. 3. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate.
- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Magnetic Clutch are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 5. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.( door.(Feeding Feeding g guide uide may be out out of alignment.) 6. Use the service ttool ool to check if Sub-scan Sub-scan Feeding Feeding Motor, Motor, VSYNC Sensor Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 7. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3 25
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7144
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
V-SYNC Sensor error 1 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:
• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON.
object in feeding • Foreign path
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There
• • • •
Feeding roller slippage
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction
(There is a plate.) is no plate.)
• Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray ejection)
attached
1. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Che
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
Cassette defect Plate defect Upper door not installed properly Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
--
Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
Confirm that roller has any condensation. 3. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate.
- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Magnetic Clutch are working.V-SYNC Sensor are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinst Reinstall all upper door door.(Feedi .(Feeding ng guide m may ay be out of alignment.) 6. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7145
Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/return When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)
1. Che Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Plate jam Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Feeding guide malfunction - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • Foreign object in feeding path - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that roller has any condensation. 2. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.(F door.(Feeding eeding g guide uide may be out of of • Upper door not installed properly
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
alignment.) 3. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor an and d Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 4. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-26
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7146
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Loading NIP open/close sensor error during read/subscan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• • • • •
• Loading NIP Open/Close
• MAIN_BOARD
Sensor is ON (transparent).
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7147
Tray Sensor error during scanning/loading/NIP closing When Loading NIP Motor completes closing the loading NIP for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7148
Loading NIP sensor error during lowering of notch to regulated position After inserting a cassette and position control operation operation is launched:
• • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning. •
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
3
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
Disconnection
deformation of detector.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-27
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7149
Error Name/Description
Plate detection sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP for scanning:
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
No plate
• •
Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Cassette defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Chec Check k casse cassett tte. e.
- Confirm that there is a cassette. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to cassette plate loading lever.
- Check to see that tray can be inserted/ejected without any problem. 2. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
replaced.) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7150
Tray Sensor error while raising tray for scanning When Loading NIP Motor completes raising the tray for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7151
Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/opening of NIP When Loading NIP Motor
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Motor malfunction No solid connection
completes opening the loading NIP for scanning:
•• Disconnection • Three loading NIP sensors • MAIN_BOARD are malfunctioning.
malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-28
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7152
Error Name/Description
Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/closing of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes closing the loading NIP for scanning:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
• Three loading NIP sensors • MAIN_BOARD
deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
malfunction
are malfunctioning.
SC Error
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3.4.3 72xx: 72xx: Single Single Unit Operation Operation Initializat Initialization ion Error Errors s Error code 7200
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Tray ejection detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization: OFF.. (tray • Tray Sensor is OFF ejection)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Cassette not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service ttool ool to confim that that the Tray Tray Sensor is detect detecting ing the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7201
Single unit operation: Plate detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• Plate Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is a plate.)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that the Plate Sensor Sensor detect detects s a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1) (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1) (JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7202
Single unit operation: Plate detection via V-SYNC during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
• Plate not removed • Foreign object solid connection •• No Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that the V-SYNC V-SYNC Sensor is workin working. g. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-29
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7203
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Cassette L/R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• Size Detection Sensors 1 to 4 are in any status other than "no cassette detected."
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use tthe he ser service vice tool tool to confirm that Size Detectio Detection n Sensor Senso r 1 to 4 and Cassette Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
• Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm Confir m that Size Detection Detecti on Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
• Cassette Sensor is ON. (There is a cassette.)
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)( (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2 )(JP30-2))(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 or Cassette Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7204
Single unit operation: Cassette L lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• Size Detection Sensors 1 to 4 are in any status other than "no cassette detected."
• Cassette Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is no cassette.)
• Right Cassette Lock Sensor is ON. (unlocked)
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)
• • • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use tthe he ser service vice tool tool to confirm that Size Detectio Detection n Sensor Senso r 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm Confir m that Size Detection Detecti on Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)( (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2 )(JP30-2))(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the - If Size Detection sensor.
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4, Cassette Sensor Sensor or Right/Le Right/Left ft Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-30
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7205
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Cassette R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• Size Detection Sensors 1 to 4 are in any status other than "no cassette detected."
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use tthe he ser service vice tool tool to confirm that Size Detectio Detection n Sensor Senso r 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
• Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm Confir m that Size Detection Detecti on Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
malfunction
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2 )(JP16-2))(MCN7) is working.
• Cassette Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is no cassette.)
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)( (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
• Left Cassette Lock Sensor is ON. (unlocked)
Confirm that Size Detection Confirm Detecti on Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2 )(JP30-2))(MCN6) is working.
• Right Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)
Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4, Cassette Sensor Sensor or Right/Le Right/Left ft Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7206
Single unit operation: Plate remnant detection during initialization When the sensor searches for a plate during initialization:
• • • •
Sensor malfunction
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction
Deformation of detector
This error code indicates that a plate has been detected.To detected.To correct this error, remove the detected plate.
Plate not removed Foreign object
• A plate is detected. 7207
Single unit operation: Tray HP Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:
• When Tray Motor moves the tray from HP:
- Tray HP Sensor is OFF.
Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
(light interception)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm working.that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7208
Single unit operation: Tray HP Ejection Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:
• When Tray Motor ejected the tray from HP:
- Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-31
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7209
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Loose sub-scan connector detection during initialization During initialization:
• Sensor detected that a sub-scan connecter is
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
loose. 7210
Single unit operation: Loading NIP ejection from HP error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Loading NIP HP Sensor
Old FPGA version. Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
• • • • • •
did not detect any change.
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check th the e version of the the FPGA and u update pdate it when when the version version is older than V110R00001. 2. Check th the e wiring between between ma main in board a and nd sub-scan sub-scan unit.
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. From (JP36-1)(JP36-2) to (MCN5)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7211
Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• • • • • •
• Loading NIP HP Sensor
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
and Tray Lock Release Sensor did not detect any change.
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7212
Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.
• Sensor malfunction • • • • •
Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3-32
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7213
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during
• • • • •
initialization: • Tray Lock Release Sensor did not detect any change.
• MAIN_BOARD
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the serv service ice tool to confirm confirm that Loading Loading NIP Motor Motor and Tray Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7214
Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• • • • • •
• Tray Lock Release Sensor
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.
1. Use the serv service ice tool to confirm confirm that Loading Loading NIP Motor Motor and Tray Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) that is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7215
Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:
• Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor did not detect any change.
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
3
deformation of detector.
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-33
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7216
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection HP / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization: • Loading NIP HP Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction
•
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP Motor and Lo Loading ading NIP HP Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7218
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Single unit operation: Subscan NIP HP ejection entrance NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:
• When sub-scan NIP motor
• • • • • •
completes HP ejection:
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Entrance NIP Sensor is ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Sub-sca Sub-scan n NIP Motor Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7219
Single unit operation: Subscan NIP HP ejection exit NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:
• When sub-scan NIP motor completes HP ejection:
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Exit NIP Sensor is OFF.
1. Use the se service rvice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan Sub-scan NIP Motor Motor and Exit NIP NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is
(Exit NIP is closed.)
working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7220
Single unit operation: Inerasable cassette detection After the sensor detects incomplete insertion of a cassette during initialization:
-
This error code indicates that a cassette is inserted during initialization. 1. Open the up upper per door and rem remove ove cassett cassette e while pulling pulling the lever. lever.
• Cassette is locked inside when it is being removed. 7221
Single unit operation: cassette tray ejection failure Tray cannot be ejected due to cassette bolt mechanism failure to unlock.
No cassette
A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.
3-34
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7223
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Main unit/erase identification error during initialization During initialization
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• The eraser unit for is installed.
• Eraser unit malfunction (LED2_BOARD or LED_DRIVE2_BOARD malfunction)
• The erase identification detected it as the eraser unit for , although the main unit identification is II.
• Disconnection (disconnection of a bundle wire, etc.)
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction 7224
Single unit operation: Main unit/erase identification error during initialization During initialization
• The eraser unit for II is installed.
• Eraser unit malfunction (LED2_BOARD or LED_DRIVE2_BOARD malfunction)
• The erase identification detected it as the eraser unit for II, although the main unit identification is .
• Disconnection (disconnection of a bundle wire, etc.)
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Che Check ck the the era eraser ser unit unit.. If the eraser unit for (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD) is installed, replace it with the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD, LED_DRIVE2_BOARD). 2. Cha Change nge the the erase eraserr unit. unit. 3. Confir Confirm m that all wires wires are firm firmly ly connect connected, ed, and replace replace wires wires as required: Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working. 4. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d. 1. Che Check ck the the era eraser ser unit unit.. If the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD, LED_DRIVE2_BOARD) is installed, replace it with the eraser unit for (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD). 2. Cha Change nge the the erase eraserr unit. unit. 3. Confir Confirm m that all wires wires are firm firmly ly connect connected, ed, and replace replace wires wires as required: Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working. 4. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
3.4.4 73xx: 73xx: Single Single Unit Operation Operation Sensor Sensor Error Errors s For sensor errors, please take the following steps: 1. Check the sensor-side sensor-side connector. connector. 2. Check the rela relay y connectors connectors between between main device an and d other device devices. s. 3. Con Confirm firm that that m moto otorr is work working. ing. 4. Check inte interaction raction b between etween motor an and d detect detector. or. in
the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off. In order to clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)". Error code 7300
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Tray HP sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Tray HP Sensor is ON.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Sensor malfunction • • • •
(transparent)
Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Tra Tray y HP Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7301
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray ejection)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confim onfim that that the Tray Tray Senso Sensorr is detecting the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require
replacing) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-35
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7302
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • •
• Loading NIP HP Sensor is
Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
ON. (transparent)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that Loadin Loading g NIP HP Sens Sensor or is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7303
Single unit operation: Lock release sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Tray Lock Release Sensor is OFF. (light interception)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be - Replace replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7304
Single unit operation: Loading NIP open/close sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Loading NIP Open/Close
• • • • • •
Sensor is OFF. (light interception)
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7305
Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• Plate Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is a plate.)
• • • •
Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to confirm that that the Plate Plate Sensor Sensor detects detects a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-36
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7306
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to c confirm onfirm that that the V V-SYNC -SYNC Sens Sensor or is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
• No solid connection
deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.
• Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
malfunction
SC Error
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7307
Single unit operation: Loading NIP Sensor error during scanning tray lock release When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the tray:
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7308
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during lowering the scanning NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP:
• • • • • •
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
tray ejection)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7309
Single unit operation: Tray HP Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When plate is being feeded:
• When Tray Motor completes tray ejection:
- Tray HP Sensor is OFF. (light interception)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r s u a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-37
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7310
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Plate Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When plate is being feeded:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
completes tray ejection:
• • • • •
- Plate Sensor is ON.
• MAIN_BOARD
• When Tray Motor
No plate in the cassette Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection malfunction
(There is no plate.)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if Tray Tray Motor Motor and Plate S Sensor ensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7311
3 s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When plate is being feeded:
• When Tray Motor completes tray ejection: Sensor is ON. (no - Tray tray ejection)
• • • • • • •
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector.
Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7312
Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during lowering of read/NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP:
- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-38
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7313
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Loading NIP Sensor error while raising scanning tray When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes raising the tray:
-
Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction
Disconnection
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
•
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.
Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
SC Error
Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7314
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during scanning/ loading/feeding When Loading/Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • • • •
ejection)
Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7315
Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/sub-scan/NIP HP ejection When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes from HP: tray ejection
- Entrance NIP Sensor is ON (entrance NIP is open) or OFF (entrance NIP is closed). This OFF state will soon be turned to ON (entrance NIP is open).
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-39
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7316
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/subscan/NIP HP ejection When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes tray ejection from HP: - Exit NIP Sensor is OFF. (Exit NIP is closed.)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction
•
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7317
Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/send When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan Feeding
3
Motor completes feed a plate:
- V-SYNC Sensor is OFF OFF..
s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
(There is no plate.)
- Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)
• • • •
Plate jam
• • • •
Motor malfunction
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Magnetic Clutch are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure.
Disconnection
Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is
Upper door not installed properly
working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 2. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor. 3. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.( door.(Feeding Feeding g guide uide may be out out of alignment.) 4. Use the servi service ce tool to check check if Sub-scan Feeding Feeding Motor Motor and V-SYNC Sensor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-40
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7318
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error during scanning/ loading/feeding When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading/Feeding
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • •
Motor completes feeding a plate: - V-SYNC Sensor is OFF OFF.. (There is no plate.) This OFF state will soon change to ON (with a plate).(remains OFF)
Plate jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached Motor malfunction No solid connection
• • • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor andV-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
SC Error
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7319
Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of exit NIP When plate is being feeded:
• • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • completes closing exit NIP: • • - Entrance NIP Sensor is ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no
Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7320
Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/ closing of exit NIP When plate is being feeded:
• • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • completes closing exit NIP: • • - Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7321
Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/opening of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes opening entrance NIP:
- Entrance NIP Sensor is OFF. (Entrance NIP is closed.)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
3
deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-41
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7322
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/ opening of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes opening entrance NIP: - Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7323
3 s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing entrance NIP:
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Entrance NIP Sensor is ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7324
Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/ closing of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing entrance NIP:
• • • • • •
- Exit NIP Sensor is ON.
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
(Exit NIP is open.)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm confirm that that Sub-scan NIP NIP Motor and and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7325
Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error during scanning/ sub-scan/returning When plate is being feeded:
• V-SYNC Sensor does not come on (with a plate) when Sub-scan Feeding Motor is returning the plate, or the sensor remains ON after the operation is complete.
• • • •
Plate jam
• • • •
Motor malfunction
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection
1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor Motor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.
Disconnection
Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
• Slipping of the slowdown pulley and drive belt.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 3. Trea Treatt the slowdo slowdown wn pulley pulley su surface. rface.
3-42
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7326
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error 1 during read/ sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
(There is a plate.) and Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
attached
• Motor malfunction
malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Sub-scan Sub-scan Feeding Feeding Moto Motor, r, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7327
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is being lowered When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered:
• • • • • •
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
tray ejection)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7328
Single unit operation: Loading NIP Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is lowered When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered: loading - Three sensors are NIP malfunctioning.
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
3
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-43
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7329
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/insertion/feed (return) When plate is being feeded:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Motor completes returning
• • • • •
a plate: - Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
• When Loading/Feeding
Plate jam Cassette defect Plate defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction
malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate.
- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 2. Use ser service vice to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Platethe Sensor aretool working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor.
3
3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7330
s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Single unit operation: Size detection error during cassette insertion After inserting a cassette and position control operation operation is launched:
• None of Size Detection
• Wrong cassette (not supported by this device)
• • • •
Sensor 1 to 4 matches any cassette size.
Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Check to se see e that th the e link spring o off lower insertion insertion unit unit is intact. 2. Use th the e service service tool tool to conf confirm irm that that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detectio Confirm De tection n Sensor Se nsor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detectio Confirm De tection n Sensor Se nsor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7331
Single unit operation: Tray HP Sensor error when scanning tray returns When plate is being feeded:
• When Tray Motor completes returning the tray:
- Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)
• • • • • • •
Cassette defect Deformation of detector Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Confir Confirm m that cassette tray tray can be inserted/ejected inserted/ejected smoothly smoothly.. If not, replace the cassette. 2. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-44
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7332
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error when scanning tray returns When plate is being feeded:
• When Tray Motor completes returning the tray: - Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray ejection)
7333
Single unit operation: Lock sensor error during read/ cassette lock release When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette:
- Either Left or Right
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
• Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
• • • • • • •
Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF.. (l OFF (locked) ocked)
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Tray Tray Motor a and nd Tray Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Cassette Lock Sensor Left/Right are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7334
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error when releasing scanning cassette lock When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette:
• • • • • •
OFF.. (tray - Tray Sensor is OFF
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
ejection)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7335
Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during read/cassette lock release When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette:
- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. the sensor. -- Change Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-45
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7336
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Plate long check error during read/ sub-scan/send When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan Feeding Motor is feeding a plate:
-
The feeding distance by Sub-scan Feeding Motor (from V-SYNC Sensor is ON to OFF) differs from inserted cassette plate length.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Wrong length plate inserted
• Plate jam • Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector •
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use th the e service service tool tool to conf confirm irm that that Size Detection Sensor properly detects cassette size. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.
Detector not securely attached
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
• Feeding guide malfunction • Foreign object in feeding
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.
path
• • • • •
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Feeding roller slippage Motor malfunction
Confirm Confir m that Size Detectio De tection n Sensor Se nsor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 1/2 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace the sensor.
- If Size Detection Detecti on Se Sensor nsor 3/4 is malfunctioning, malfunctioning, replace replace
3
the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
- Confirm that spring is intact.
s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Confirm that there is no deformation.
-- Confirm that the plate moves smoothly. 3. Che Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath..
-
Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
Confirm that roller has any condensation. 4. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor an and d V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7337
Single unit operation: No cassette when controlling cassette position and releasing cassette lock When cassette position control and unlocking operations are initiated:
• Either Cassette Sensor or Cassette Lock Sensor Left/ Right is OFF.
No cassette
A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.
SC Error
3-46
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7338
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error 2 during read/ sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:
•
V-SYNC Sensor is OFF (There is no plate.) and Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction
•
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure, and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7339
Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error 2 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:
• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)
• Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)
• Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
1. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Che - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Foreign object in feeding path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation. 3. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate. • Plate defect - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. • Upper door not installed properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot. • Sensor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. • Motor malfunction 4. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor,, • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are • Disconnection working. • MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.( door.(Feeding Feeding g guide uide may be out out of alignment.) 6. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-47
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7343
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: V-SYNC sensor error 2 when sub-scan When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan Feeding
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Che
- V-SYNC Sensor is ON.
• Foreign object in feeding path
• - Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray • ejection) • • • • • • •
s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
1. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
Motor completes feed a plate: (There is a plate.)
3
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
Feeding roller slippage Cassette defect Plate defect Upper door not installed properly Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
-
Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
Confirm that roller has any condensation. 3. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate.
- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Magnetic Clutch are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 5. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.( door.(Feeding Feeding g guide uide may be out out of alignment.) 6. Use the service ttool ool to check if Sub-scan Sub-scan Feeding Feeding Motor, Motor, VSYNC Sensor Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 7. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-48
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7344
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error 1 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading/Feeding
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached
• Foreign object in feeding
- V-SYNC Sensor is ON.
• • • •
Feeding roller slippage
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction
- Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)
path
- Tray Sensor is OFF OFF.. (tray ejection)
1. Check d detector etector of V V-SYNC -SYNC a assembly ssembly..
- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.
Cassette defect Plate defect Upper door not installed properly Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
-
Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.
Confirm that roller has any condensation. 3. Che Check ck casset cassette te and and plate. plate.
- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.
- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the ser service vice tool to c check heck if Loading/F Loading/Feeding eeding Mo Motor tor and Magnetic Clutch are working.V-SYNC Sensor are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinst Reinstall all upper door door.(Feedi .(Feeding ng guide m may ay be out of alignment.) 6. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7345
Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/return When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes returning a plate:
1. Che Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Plate jam - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Feeding guide malfunction - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • Foreign object in feeding path - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that roller has any condensation. 2. Reinst Reinstall all upper door.(F door.(Feeding eeding g guide uide may be out of of • Upper door not installed properly
- Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)
SC Error
Check ck feedin feeding gp path ath.. • Feeding guide malfunction 2. Che
Motor completes returning a plate: (There is a plate.)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
• • • • •
Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
alignment.) 3. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor an and d Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 4. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-49
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7346
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Loading NIP open/close sensor error during read/subscan/send When plate is being feeded:
• When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Loading NIP Open/Close
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the se service rvice tool tool to check if S Sub-scan ub-scan Feeding Motor Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
Sensor is ON (transparent).
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
7347
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during scanning/ loading/NIP closing When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor
3
completes closing the loading NIP:
• • • • • •
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no
s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
tray ejection)
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7348
Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during lowering of notch to regulated position After inserting a cassette and position control operation operation is launched:
• • • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.
Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no
Disconnection
deformation of detector.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
SC Error
3-50
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7349
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP:
- Plate Sensor is ON.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • • • •
(There is no plate.)
No plate Cassette defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Chec Check k casse cassett tte. e.
- Confirm that there is a cassette. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to cassette plate loading lever.
- Check to see that tray can be inserted/ejected without any problem. 2. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP32)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) (JP11-1)(JP1 1-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7350
Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error while raising tray for scanning When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes raising the tray:
- Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 7351
Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/opening of NIP
• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Motor malfunction
When plate is being feeded: • When Loading NIP Motor completes opening the loading NIP:
• No solid connection • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.
malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-51
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7352
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/closing of NIP When plate is being feeded:
• When Loading NIP Motor completes closing the loading NIP:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• • • • • •
Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction
- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
1. Use the ser service vice tool to confirm that that Loading Loading NIP Mo Motor tor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
replaced.) 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
3.4.5 3.4 .5 74xx: 74xx: Imag Image e Read Read Rela Related ted Errors Errors Error code 7400
Error Name/Description
Polygon lock timeout during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
HSYNC count error during initialization When optical device operation
• No solid connection • Hsync Sensor malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
is checked during initialization: • Within a set time frame after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7.
• Laser malfunction
PID signal detection error during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:
• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction
• Within a set time frame after Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected. 7401
7402
• When HSync counter exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON.
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
3-52
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7403
Error Name/Description
Eraser LED error detected during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool an and d confirm confirm that the Eraser Eraser LED com comes es on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4)
• Eraser LED error is detected.
(LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy. UTION CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED. IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning. 7404
Erase fan error detection during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction
- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
error is detected. Analog board disconnection error Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• The difference between
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction
average pixels at 10 A and 100 A is smaller than threshold value. 7406
Gain overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Gain value is larger than 0x00020000.
7407
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
• No solid connection
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure.
Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD
(CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
0x00000000.
Offset overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Off set value is larger than 0x30000000.
7409
malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
Gain underflow
• Gain value is smaller than
7408
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD
Offset underflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Off set value is smaller than 0xe0000000.
malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
3
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)
• Eraser LED cooling fan 7405
1. Use the ser service vice tool an and d confirm confirm that Eraser Eraser LED cooli cooling ng Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit. 1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-53
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7410
Error Name/Description
Eraser LED error detected during scanning When plate is feeded:
• Eraser LED error is
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction
detected while Eraser LED lamp is on.
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the ser service vice tool an and d confirm confirm that the Eraser Eraser LED com comes es on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy. UTION CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED. IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning.
3
7411
Erase fan error detected during read When plate is feeded:
• Eraser LED cooling fan
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r r E 4 . 3
error is detected when Eraser LED cooling Fan is running.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool an and d confirm confirm that Eraser Eraser LED cooli cooling ng Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)
- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
7412
Polygon lock error After Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected until V-SYNC Sensor is turned on.
7413
High voltage switch OFF error DIPSW settin ing ge errror When sensors are checked upon initialization:
• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
Tur n on H HV V ((h hig igh hv vo olt lta age) sw switch o on n MAI MAIN N_BO AR ARD.
• High voltage switch is i s OFF. 7414
Read complete timeout When plate is feeded:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
If this error reoccurs, replace MAIN_BOARD.
High voltage error detected
• No solid connection
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure.
during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:
• Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD
(CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
• Timeout occurs before confirmation of completion of image scanning. 7415
• High voltage error is
malfunction (high voltage)
detected while Laser is on. 7416
High voltage error detected during read When plate is feeded:
• An error is detected during high voltage output.
7417
High voltage READY standby timeout Ready signal is not activated and a timeout occurs when high voltage value is being specified.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (high voltage)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (high voltage)
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit. 1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
3-54
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7418
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
HSYNC count error during read When plate is feeded:
• No solid connection • Hsync Sensor malfunction • Laser malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
• • • •
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
• Within a set time frame
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7. 7419
PID signal detection error during read When plate is feeded:
• When HSync counter exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON. 7420
AD converter error detected during initialization When Gain Offset is calculated during initialization:
No solid connection Polygon malfunction Hsync Sensor malfunction Laser malfunction
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• AD converter error is
3
detected. 7421
AD converter error detected during read When plate is feeded:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• AD converter error is detected. 7422
AD converter error detected during reference current read When reference current value is being read:
• AD converter error is detected.
3.4.6 76xx: 76xx: Single Single Unit Operation Operation Image Image Read Read Related Related Error Errors s Error code 7600
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Polygon lock timeout during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
• No solid connection • Hsync Sensor malfunction • Laser malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
• Within a set time frame after Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected. 7601
Single unit operation: HSYNC count error during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:
• Within a set time frame after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-55
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7602
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: PID signal detection error during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool an and d confirm that that the Eraser Eraser LED com comes es on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
• When HSync counter exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON. 7603
Single unit operation: Eraser LED error detected during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
• Eraser LED error is detected.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy.
3
UTION CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning. 7604
Single unit operation: Erase fan error detection during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool an and d confirm confirm that Eraser Eraser LED cooli cooling ng Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)
- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
• Eraser LED cooling fan error is detected. 7605
Single unit operation: Analog board disconnection error Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• The difference between
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction
average pixels at 10 A
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
and 100 A is smaller than threshold value. 7606
Single unit operation: Gain overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Gain value is larger than 0x00020000. 7607
Single unit operation: Gain underflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Gain value is smaller than 0x00000000. 7608
Single unit operation: Offset overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Off set value is larger than 0x30000000.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit. 1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
• No solid connection • Disconnection
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12)
• ANALOG_BOARD
2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
3-56
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7609
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: Offset underflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization
• Off set value is smaller than 0xe0000000. 7610
Single unit operation: Eraser LED error detected during scanning When plate is feeded:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction
• Eraser LED error is
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit. 1. Use the ser service vice tool an and d confirm that that the Eraser Eraser LED com comes es on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)
detected while Eraser LED lamp is on.
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy. UTION CAUTION
The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED.
3 IMPORTANT
Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning. 7611
Single unit operation: Erase fan error detected during read When plate is feeded:
• Eraser LED cooling fan error is detected when Eraser LED cooling Fan is running.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction
1. Use the ser service vice tool a and nd confirm confirm that Eraser Eraser LED cooli cooling ng Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)
- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.
7612
Single unit operation: Polygon lock error After Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected until V-SYNC Sensor is turned on.
• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
7613
Single unit operation: High voltage switch OFF error When sensors are checked upon initialization:
DIPSW settin ing ge errror
Tur n on H HV V ((h hig igh hv vo olt lta age) sw switch o on n MAI MAIN N_BO AR ARD.
• High voltage switch is i s OFF. 7614
Single unit operation: Read complete timeout When plate is feeded:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
If this error reoccurs, replace MAIN_BOARD.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
• Timeout occurs before confirmation of completion of image scanning. 7615
Single unit operation: High voltage error detected during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:
malfunction (high voltage)
• High voltage error is detected while Laser is on. 7616
Single unit operation: High voltage error detected during read When plate is feeded:
• An error is detected during high voltage output.
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (high voltage)
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-57
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7617
Error Name/Description
Single unit operation: High voltage READY standby timeout Ready signal is not activated and a timeout occurs when high voltage value is being
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (high voltage)
specified. 7618
Single unit operation: HSYNC count error during read When plate is feeded:
• Within a set time frame
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confir Confirm m that all connecto connectors rs on ANALOG_BOARD ANALOG_BOARD are secure. secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that al alll wires are firmly con connected nected.. 4. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
• No solid connection • Hsync Sensor malfunction • Laser malfunction
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
• • • •
1. Confirm that all co connector nnectors s on MAIN_ MAIN_BOARD BOARD are secure. secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Rep Replace lace expo exposur sure e unit. unit.
after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7. 7619
• When HSync counter
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
Single unit operation: PID signal detection error during read When plate is feeded:
No solid connection Polygon malfunction Hsync Sensor malfunction Laser malfunction
exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON. 7620
Single unit operation: AD converter error detected during initialization When Gain Offset is calculated during initialization:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
The communication control version is for .
1. Use the REGIU REGIUS S SIGMA update kit V1. V1.10R00 10R00 or higher, higher, to upd update ate it.
The reader version is for .
1. Use the REGIU REGIUS S SIGMA update kit V1. V1.10R00 10R00 or higher, higher, to upd update ate it.
• AD converter error is detected. 7621
Single unit operation: AD converter error detected during read When plate is feeded:
• AD converter error is detected. 7622
Single unit operation: AD converter error detected during reference current read When reference current value is being read: converter error is • AD detected.
7650
Version inconsistency when reading: Communication control error When reading
• Detected that the communication control version is for . 7651
Version inconsistency when reading: Reader error When reading
• Detected that the reader version is for .
3-58
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.4.7 3.4 .7 77xx: 77xx: FPGA, FPGA, SDRA SDRAM M Relat Related ed Er Error rors s in
the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off.In order to clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)" . Error code 7700
7701
7710
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
FPGA configuration timeout
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
If power OFF/ON does not clear the error, there may be a
FPGA occurs.configuration timeout
(FPGA abnormality)
firmware problem. Upgrade the firmware and Confirm that the same error reoccurs. If reloading/upgrading firmware still does not clear the error, that indicates the main board is damaged.MAIN_BOARD needs to be replaced.
SDRAM initialization timeout SDRAM initialization timeout occurs.
• Firmware problem • MAIN_BOARD
1. Upg Upgrade rade the firmwar firmware. e. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
Irregularity correction: SDRAM write error during startup process During startup process:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
SC Error
malfunction (SDRAM abnormality) 1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
3
• Irregularity correction data is not transmitted to SDRAM. 7711
FPGA setting error when image is being sent When image is being sent:
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission has failed. 7712
FPGA setting error when reference current/image is being read When reference current is being read:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission has failed. 7713
Flash ROM erase failure during serial number change When serial number is changed:
• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased.
7714
Flash ROM write failure during serial number process When serial number is changed:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7715
Flash ROM erase failure during mechanical counter count up When mechanical counter is counting up:
• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-59
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7716
Error Name/Description
Flash ROM write failure during mechanical counter count up When mechanical counter is counting up:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7717
Flash ROM erase failure during mechanical counter clearing When mechanical counter clearing is running:
• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7718
3
Sensitivity correction: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When sensitivity correction data is being transmitted:
• Data not recorded to SRAM.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r
7719
Sensitivity correction: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When sensitivity correction data is being transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7720
Unit setup: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When unit setting data is being transmitted:
• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7721
E r 4 . 3
Unit setup: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When unit setting data is being transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7722
Irregularity correction: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When irregularity correction data is being transmitted:
• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7723
Irregularity correction: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When irregularity correction data is being transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed.
3-60
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7724
Error Name/Description
Log: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When log data is being transmitted:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7725
Log: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When log data is being transmitted:
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7726
Counter: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When counter data is being transmitted:
• Data not recorded to
3
SRAM. 7727
Counter: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When counter data is being transmitted:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7728
CC save data: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When CC save data is being transmitted:
• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7729
CC save data: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When CC save data is being transmitted:
E r 4 . 3
• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed.
7730
Sensitivity correction: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• SDRAM readout fails. 7731
Sensitivity correction: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:
• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-61
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7732
Error Name/Description
Sensitivity correction: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
Counter: SDRAM read failure
MAIN_BOARD malfunction
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
during data receiving When counter data is being received:
(SDRAM abnormality)
• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7733
Unit setup: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When unit setting data is being received:
• SDRAM readout fails. 7734
Unit setup: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When unit setting data is being received:
• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased.
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r
7735
Unit setup: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When unit setting data is being received: Data is not recorded on
• Flash ROM. 7736
Irregularity correction: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:
• SDRAM readout fails. 7737
Irregularity correction: SDRAM development failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:
• SDRAM development fails. 7738
E r 4 . 3
Irregularity correction: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:
• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7739
Irregularity correction: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:
• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7740
Firmware: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When firmware data is being received:
• SDRAM readout fails. 7741
• SDRAM readout fails.
3-62
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7742
Error Name/Description
Counter: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When counter data is being received:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
SC Error
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7743
Counter: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When counter data is being received:
• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7744
CC save data: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When CC save data is being received:
• SDRAM readout fails. 7745
CC save data: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When CC save data is being received: ROM sector cannot • Flash be erased.
7746
CC save data: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When CC save data is being received:
MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
1. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
Damage to the data restored at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)
1. Res Restore tore appro appropria priate te data. data.
Damage to the data restored
1. Res Restore tore appro appropria priate te data. data.
• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7750
Sensitivity correction: Incoming data error during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:
• Problem is detected with received data. 7751
Unit setup: Incoming data error during data receiving When unit setting data is being received: received data. Irregularity correction: Incoming data error during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:
Damage to the data restored at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)
1. Res Restore tore appro appropria priate te data. data.
Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)
1. Upgra Upgrade de firmw firmware are usin using g unda undamaged maged data. data.
• Problem is detected with received data. 7753
Firmware: Incoming data error during data receiving (FPGA configuration data) When firmware data is being received:
• Problem is detected with FPGA configuration data of firmware data.
s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)
• Problem is detected with 7752
3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-63
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 7754
Error Name/Description
Firm: Incoming data error during data receiving (boot loader) When firmware data is being received:
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)
1. Upgra Upgrade de firmw firmware are usin using g unda undamaged maged data. data.
Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)
1. Upgra Upgrade de firmw firmware are usin using g unda undamaged maged data. data.
Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)
1. Upgra Upgrade de firmw firmware are usin using g unda undamaged maged data. data.
Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)
1. Upgra Upgrade de firmw firmware are usin using g unda undamaged maged data. data.
• USB connection was lost
1. Confi Confirm rm that the USB cabl cable e connect connection ion is secure and update update again. 2. Updat Update e using using u undama ndamaged ged data data..
• Problem is detected with boot loader data of firmware data. 7755
Firmware: Incoming data error during data receiving (main firm 1) When firmware data is being received:
• Problem is detected with main firm data 1 of firmware data. 7756
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
Firmware: Incoming data error during data receiving (main firm 2) When firmware data is being received:
• Problem is detected with main firm data 2 of 7757
firmware data. Firm: Incoming data error during data receiving (update) When firmware data is being received:
• Problem is detected with upgrade data of firmware data. 7758
Firm: Incoming data error during data receiving (type code error) When firmware data is being received:
• Problem is detected with
during data transfer.
• Update data for firmware is damaged. (data inside ImagePilot)
model code of firmware data. 7759
Firm: Incoming data error
Damage to the data restored
during data receiving (size error) When firmware data is being received:
at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)
• Problem is detected with size of firmware data.
1. Res Restore tore appro appropria priate te data. data.
SC Error
3-64
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3. 3.4 4.8 780 780x: Othe ther Error code
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
7800
Cassette size inconsistency Job search result and size of the loaded cassette do not match.
Bugs
1. Turn Turn Rea Reader der po power wer OFF/ON. OFF/ON. 2. Turn b both oth the IImagePilo magePilott and Reader Reader OFF/ON OFF/ON..
7801
Irregularity correction data error Cassette size obtained when irregularity correction data is received is smaller than cassette size for actual job.
Irregularity calibration has been conducted with the cassette size smaller than the size for actual job.
Perform irregularity calibration using cassette in maximum size for the facility.
7802
Re-erase run error At the time of re-erase:
• MAIN_BOARD
1. Erase imag image e for non-aeration non-aeration plat plate e and Confi Confirm rm that this error error occurs. If this error still occurs, Reader may be malfunctioning.Then, Confirm that image can be read.
• Abnormal value for erase reference
malfunction
• Light Collection Unit malfunction
• Plate defect
- If so, replace MAIN_BOARD. - If not, replace both light collection unit and MAIN_BOARD. 2. Cha Change nge the plate. plate. (If the problem persists when the same plate is used, the plate may be damaged.）
7803
Job parameter error Parameter of job search result
Sett Settin ings gs be beyo yond nd ca capa pabi bilit lity y
Revi Review ew sett settin ing g ffor or Im Imag ageP ePil ilot ot.. HINT
is abnormal.
This device supports scanning only at 175/87.5m and standard sensitivity.
3. 3.4. 4.9 9 78 781x 1x:: Door Door st stat atus us Error code 7810
Error Name/Description
Upper door open Upper door is open.Rear door and left door are closed.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Sensor malfunction • No solid connection • Disconnection
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the servi service ce tool to confirm confirm that Interlock Interlock 1 (Upper (Upper Door Sensor) Sensor) is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Interlock 1 -(JP22-1)(JP22-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 7811
Rear Door: Open Rear door is open.Left door is closed.(It is unknown if upper Door is open.）
• Sensor malfunction • No solid connection • Disconnection
1. Use the servi service ce tool to confirm confirm that Interlock Interlock 2 (Lower (Lower Door Sensor) Sensor) is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Interlock2 - (JP31-1)(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 7812
Left door: open Left door is open.(It is unknown if upper door/rear door is open.）
• Sensor malfunction • No solid connection • Disconnection
1. Use the service ttool ool to confirm that that Left Door Door Open/Close Open/Close Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:
- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Left Door Open/Close Sensor (JP13)-(MCN7)
- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor.
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-65
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.4.10 3.4.1 0 782x: 782x: Warning Warnings s These are warning messages. Error codes will not be displayed in message dialog window. Error code 7820
Error Name/Description
Cassette not inserted completely Cassette is not locked (is not properly inserted).
7821
7822
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Not properly inserted • Sensor malfunction • Lock mechanism damage
Cassette tray ejection failure Tray cannot be ejected due to cassette bolt mechanism failure to unlock. Temperature rise Thermometer detects a value that exceeds threshold when cassette is inserted.
-
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) If warning message stays on after the cassette is properly inserted: 1. Che Check ck the the cas casset sette te slot. slot.
If this warning frequently appears: 1. Confir Confirm m that there there is a any ny damage damage to ca cassette ssette..
Sensor malfunction (Eraser LED)
1. Check de device vice usage environm environment ent and take take necessa necessary ry steps if there there is any problem.
- Confirm that the temperature is within specifications. - Confirm that the exhaust and intake vents are clear of obstructions. 2. Replac Replace e th the e Eraser Eraser Unit Assy. Assy.
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
7823
Eraser LED count Eraser LED count exceeds threshold value during initialization.
-
1. Rep Replace lace Eraser Eraser U Unit nit Ass Assy y. IMPORTANT
Aft After er era eraser ser unit ass assy y is rep replace laced, d, per perfor form m [[LED LED drive drive boar board d coun counter ter clear.] on [Processing counter] screen of the service tool.
3.4.11 3.4.1 1 7999: Reader Reader Program Destroyed Error code 7999
Error Name/Description
Reader program destroyed Reader program is damaged and cannot be started. Retrieval function is running.(If retrieval function is not active, Reader cannot be detected.）
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Reader power turned OFF during update.
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Upg Upgrade rade the program program.. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
• MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)
3.4.12 14xxx: Sensitivity Correction Error Error code 14010
Error Name/Description
Sensitivity Correction Error Result of sensitivity correction exceeds prescribed value.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Improper scanning dose at the time of sensitivity correction
• Wrong setting value for sensitivity correction
• Plate defect • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check X-ray do dosage sage and "Ex "Exposure posure Dose" Dose" on [Sensitivity] [Sensitivity] screen and perform sensitivity correction again. 2. Perform s sensitivit ensitivity y correction correction using differen differentt plate. 3. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
3-66
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 14011
Error Name/Description
Sensitivity Correction Error Result of sensitivity correction does not attain prescribed value.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• Improper scanning dose at the time of sensitivity correction
• Wrong setting value for
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check X-ray do dosage sage and "Ex "Exposure posure Dose" Dose" on [Sensitivity] [Sensitivity] screen and perform sensitivity correction again. 2. Perform s sensitivit ensitivity y correction correction using differen differentt plate. 3. Rep Replace lace light light collectio collection n unit.
sensitivity correction
• Plate defect • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction
3.4.13 24xxx: JM Communication Communication Errors Error code 24000
Error Name/Description
JM connection error JM cannot be connected.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence) 1. Rea Reader der is connec connected ted before before completion of ImagePilot server startup. 2. LAN com commun municat ication ion can cannot not be established between
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Che Check ck LAN cable cable conne connectio ction. n. 2. Con Confirm firm that that HUB po power wer is O ON. N. 3. Res Restar tartt Imag ImagePil ePilot. ot.
Reader connection destination and ImagePilot server.(if different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server) 3. Prog Program ram ha has s faile failed d to sta start rt up.
3.4.14 25xxx: ImagePilot Connection Error Error code
25000
Error Name/Description
TCP connection failure Connection with ImagePilot/ the service tool cannot be established.
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence) disconnection (if • LAN different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Che Check ck LAN cable cable conne connectio ction. n. 2. Con Confirm firm that that HUB po power wer is O ON. N. 3. Res Restar tartt Imag ImagePil ePilot. ot.
• Program malfunction 25200
TCP disconnected (retry is possible) Connection with ImagePilot/ the service tool is aborted while image is being sent.(Image resend is supported. Image will be resent when connection resumes.）
• LAN disconnection (if different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server)
• Program malfunction
1. Che Check ck LAN cable cable conne connectio ction. n. 2. Con Confirm firm that that HUB po power wer is O ON. N. 3. Res Restar tartt Imag ImagePil ePilot. ot. HINT
Restart of ImagePilot will erase the images.
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-67
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code 25300
Error Name/Description
TCP disconnected (retry is not possible) Connection with ImagePilot/ the service tool is aborted while image is being sent.(Image resend is not supported. Image will not be resent when connection resumes.）
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
• LAN disconnection (if different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Che Check ck LAN cable cable conne connectio ction. n. 2. Con Confirm firm that that HUB po power wer is O ON. N. 3. Res Restar tartt Imag ImagePil ePilot. ot.
• Program malfunction
3.4.15 26xxx: the service service tool Error Error code
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
26100
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Unsupported mode job Reader cannot perform maintenance command.
-
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Wait ffor or Read Reader er to com complete plete o operatio perations. ns.
3.4.16 27xxx: USB Related Errors Error code 27000
27001
27002
27010
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Image transmission interruption due to Reader power being OFF Process cannot be carried out because Reader power was turned off during the scan.
USB is disconnected while image data is being sent.The image cannot be resent even if Reader is restarted.
USB disconnected during calibration USB is disconnected while image data is being sent.
• USB disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
USB disconnected during execution of maintenance command USB is disconnected while maintenance command is being performed. This aborts maintenance operation.
• USB disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
Reader software version mismatch Program versions (for Reader and communication control) do not match.
• A problem occurs during
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) If the power was not manually turned off: 1. Che Check ck tthe he follo following wing::
- Power supply circuit breaker - Power cable connection (including power supply port and power plug)
malfunction
malfunction
firmware update and ImagePilot update is not complete.
1. Confirm that USB cable co connecto nnectors rs are secure. secure. 2. Rep Replace lace USB cable(s) cable(s).. 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board.. 1. Confirm that USB cable co connecto nnectors rs are secure. secure. 2. Rep Replace lace USB cable(s) cable(s).. 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
1. With all Image ImagePilot Pilot programs programs activated, activated, use update update functions functions of the service tool to upgrade Reader and single communication control. Then, check [Program] screen to see if all ImagePilot communication controls (except the client that Reader is connected) are upgraded to the latest version. IMPORTANT
Upgrade must be done with all ImagePilot programs activated. 2. Cha Change nge the the main main boar board. d.
3-68
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Error code
Error Name/Description
Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)
Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)
New reader detected with cassette process in progress Another Reader (that is in scanning operation) is detected.(The PC connected to a Reader cannot continue image transmission.）
• Other PC is receiving the
27101
Changed to different reader during image reading. A Reader is disconnected from UBS and another Reader is connected during the reading process.
A Reader is disconnected from UBS and another Reader is connected during the reading process.
27105
Reader inoperable When Reader(s) is already connected, another reader is connected.
Two or more Readers are connected to a system.
Disconnect all Readers except the one that needs to be operated.(Do this process while Readers are in standby state.）
27110
USB disconnected during reading USB is disconnected during reading.
• USB disconnection • MAIN_BOARD
1. Confirm that USB cable co connecto nnectors rs are secure. secure. 2. Rep Replace lace USB cable(s) cable(s).. 3. Cha Change nge the the main main board board..
27100
image, and the Reader that is transmitting image data is connected.
• ImagePilot that is connected to Reader is restarted during image transmission.
malfunction
If Reader connection is changed: If possible, reconnect the Reader to ImagePilot that begins receiving image. If not, remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ON the Reader. If ImagePilot is restarted: Remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ON the Reader.
Connect the USB back to the original Reader. If this cannot be done, remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ ON the Reader.Then, restart ImagePilot.
3 s e u r s a e m r e t n u o C & t n e t n o C e g a s s e M r o r E r 4 . 3
REGIUS /II Service Manual
3-69
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.5 Cou Counte nterm rmeas easure ures s ffor or dea dealin ling gw with ith problems not displayed as error messages
3.5. 3.5.4 4 Defe Defect ctiv ive e ima image ge If an image is defective, take the appropriate steps to deal with it. Problem Image or erase remnants
3. 3.5. 5.1 1 Devi Device ce Soun Sound d Examine the area where an abnormal noise was heard, then confirm the following.
Countermeasure If the Eraser LED warning indication is on, replace the Eraser LED. (Refer to "5.3.3 Changing the Eraser Unit Assy (Eraser LED) (Page 5-27)") 5-27)") Leave the following content to the customer.
• Check gear tooth surface (if a gear tooth is chipped, an
•
abnormal noise will occur)
• Check for dents in the feeding guide • If near the upper door, check the upper door's positioning It may be hitting against the guide to produce a noise.
• Check for foreign objects or chipped areas • Check the connectors • Change the MAIN_BOARD and check for noises
3.5.2 3.5 .2 If power power cannot cannot be tur turned ned ON
3 s e g a s s e m r o r r e s a d e y a l p s i d t o n s m e l b o r p h t i w g n i l a e d r o f s e r u s a e m r e t n u o C 5 . 3
• The image size displayed on the ImagePilot will differ.
Details: A 14 17 sized image was read, but only the top part is shown (14 14 size), and the bottom portion is a white image. Make sure a plate of a different size is not loaded in the cassette.
Vertical lines (sharp)
1. Use the cleaning mechanism to remove dust from the light collection unit. 2. Remove the light collection unit, and make sure no dust or foreign objects are obstructing the laser scanning path.Make sure the cleaning mechanism is not
Confirm the following:
1.
Check the power cable
2.
Check the SW power supply's input voltage (100 to 200 V) If it's no good, check the inlet and noise filter to pinpoint the abnormal area.
3.
Check the SW power supply's output voltage (24 V)
Vertical lines (faded)
If it's no good, change the SW power supply.
4.
Check wiring from the SW power supply to the MAIN_BOARD If 24 V of power is coming to the MAIN_BOARD, change the MAIN_BOARD.
After unjamming the plate, have them perfor perform m the ima image ge erase erase o oper perati ation. on. (Th (Thee image erase operation might have not been bee np perfo erforme rmed dw when hen the error error occurred.) Have them perform the plate image erase operation every morning.
Horizontal lines
3. 3.5. 5.3 3 Plat Plate e re rela late ted d • When dirty
interfering with the laser scanning path. 3. Clean the exposure unit's window to make sure it is free of dust. 4. Change the exposure unit. (Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)") 5-20)") 1. Clean the light collection unit and light guide surface to make sure they are free of dust. 2. Clean the exposure unit's window to make sure it is free of dust. 1. Check the installation environment. If the environment is as described below, horizontal lines will occur. - The table is unsteady. unsteady. - The table rocks when someone moves. - The unit is touching the table in some area other than its rubber feet. A cable is crushed between it.
Clean the plate. (Refer to the Operation Manual for cleaning methods.)
HINT
• When bent
Small vibrations directly from the table are being being abs absorb orbed ed by the 4 rrubb ubber er feet. feet. (Vibration can only be absorbed to a limit)
Change the plate.
2. Clean as needed so that no dust, sticky residue, or dents are on the guide board or roller. Make sure no sticky residue is on the plate. 3. Change the Sub-scan unit. (Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Subscan unit (Page 5-12)") 5-12)") 4. Change the exposure unit. (Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)") 5-20)") 5. Change the light collection unit. (Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)") 5-21)") White spots (left/right)
Refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 62)"and 2)" and perform plate oblique adjustment.
3-70
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 4 Chapter4
Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior An explanation of how to confirm device operation. IMPORTANT
The ImagePilot service tool will only start up with the ImagePilot server. Moreover, when confirming operation of this device connected from the client's side, run service tool and user tool operations from the ImagePilot server side.
4.1
Behavi Behavior or Confir Confirmat mation ion Summar Summary y ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....4-2 ..4-2
4.2
[Unit [Unit Test] (Chec (Check) k) Scree Screen n Displ Display.... ay......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........ ..4-2 4-2 4. 4.2. 2.1 1 The The [Unit [Unit tes test] t] Sc Scre reen en & Fun Funct ctio ion n Sum Summa mary ry .... ...... .... .... ...4-2 .4-2 4.2.2 4.2 .2
The [Un [Unit it Test est]] Scr Screen een & Func Functio tion nS Summ ummary ary ...... ......... ..... 4-3
4.3
Confir Confirmin ming g behavio behaviorr of a single single de devic vice e ...... ......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....4-3 ..4-3
4.4
Sensor Sensor status status Check Check ..... ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... .......... .......... ........... ........... .......... .........4-5 ....4-5 4.4.1 4.4 .1 Sensor Sensor statu status s Co Confi nfirma rmatio tion n Proces Process..... s........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 4-5 4.4.2 4.4 .2 Casset Cassette te size size & sen sensor sor statu status. s.... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 4-5 4.4.3 4.4 .3
Insert Insertion ion site sensor sensor statu status.. s..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....4-6 ..4-6
4 r o i v a h e B m r i f n o C o t l o o T e c i v r e S a g n i s U
Chapter 4 Using a Service T Tool ool to Confirm Behavior
4.1 Beh Behavi avior or Conf Confirm irmati ation on Sum Summar mary y
4.2 [Un [Unit it T Test est]] (C (Chec heck) k) S Scre creen en D Disp isplay lay
To confirm the operation of each device within the device, as well as check sensor status, an ImagePilot service tool called the Unit Test function (REGIUS /II exclusive) can be used.
Below is an explanation of how to display the [Unit Test] screen needed to confirm device operation, as well as a summary of available functions.
4.2.1 4.2 .1 The [Unit [Unit test] test] Scree Screen n & Funct Function ion Summary Displaying the "Unit test" Screen
1.
Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an ImagePilot connected to this device. The "Service Tool" screen will be displayed for reader settings. For details on the "Service Tool" screen, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.
USB2.0
2. ImagePilot
REGIUS Σ/ΣII
Select "Reader Settings", then click the "Settings" button for "Unit Test". The [Unit test] screen is displayed.
When displaying the [Unit test] (Check) screen, the device will move into maintenance mode. The following actions can be performed at the [Unit test] (Check) screen.
4 y r a m m u S n o i t a m r i f n o C r o i v a h e B 1 . 4
operation of each device (motors, LEDs, • Independent etc.)
• Display sensor status • Setting reader parameters This chapter provides a summary of the functions available at the [Unit test] (Check) screen, steps to take in order to confirm single device operation, and an explanation of how to confirm sensor status. For details not covered in this chapter, including detailed screen explanations, refer to "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 82)".. 2)"
A Summary of [Unit test] Screen Functions The "Unit test" screen includes 6 buttons, each capable of activating a function as explained below. Button [Unit Test] button
[D [Dis isp p Err Error or Hi Hist st]] but butto ton n
Content Allows you to perfor form an independent operation check for each device in the device. (A function explained in this chapter.) Al Allo lows ws yo you u to to che check ck th thee erro errorr hist histor ory y.
[Setting for Warning] button
Allows you to toggle the "Study is not registered." and image re-erase request dialogs ON/OFF.
[Clear Service Call error] button
Used for a Service Call Error status.
[Confirm reader status] button
Allows you to check the following reader adjustment results.
• • • • • [Exit] button
Unit settings Irregularity Sensitivity Mechanical counter Base board number
Allows you to exit the "Unit test" screen.
For screens displayed during execution of these functions, refer to 8-2)".. "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 8-2)"
4-2
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior
4.2.2 4.2 .2 The [Uni [Unitt Test Test]] Scree Screen n & Functi Function on Summary Displaying the [Unit Test] screen.
1.
Click the [Unit test] button at the "Unit test" screen (Page 4-2 4-2). ).
4.3 Con Confir firmin ming gb beha ehavio viorr o off a sin single gle device The loading/feeding motor will be used to illustrate the steps involved in confirming the operation of a single device in the device.
1.
The [Unit Test] screen is displayed.
Click the "Motor" tab at the "Unit Test" screen. The "Motor" panel is displayed.
2.
Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. IMPORTANT
• If you only want to confirm motor operation, select [CW] (Clock Wise) or [CCW] (Counter Clock Wise).
Summary of functions at the [Unit Test] screen
4
The [Unit Test] screen consists of 3 panels, each of which can be accessed by clicking a tab.
CW CCW
Each panel is explained below. Panel [LED]
Content Enables you to check the operation for each of the LEDs used as status lamps.
[Motor]
Allows you to check the operation for each motor.
[Erase Unit]
Allows you to check op operation for the Eraser LED and its cooling fan.
In addition, the "Sensor status" area at the bottom of the screen allows you to display the status of every sensor, even if you switch to another panel. When you are finished at the "Unit Test" screen, clicking the "Back" button on the lower right of the screen will return you to the "Unit test" screen.
• For details on how to confirm device operation, refer to "4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device (Page 4-3)". 4-3)".
• For details on how to confirm sensor status, refer to "4.4 Sensor status Check (Page 4-5)". 4-5)".
• For screen details, refer to "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 8-2)". 8-2)".
• If using a cassette, refer to " Unit Test: Cassette Feeding Flow (Page 4-4)", 4-4)", and follow the process described for operation.
3.
When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perform in the Set Rotations column. IMPORTANT
The [CW] of the Casette tray move motor does not work if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off. [CW] also stops if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off while it is working.
e c i v e d e l g n i s a f o r o i v a h e b g n i r m i f n o C 3 . 4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
4-3
Chapter 4 Using a Service T Tool ool to Confirm Behavior
4.
Select all other operation settings. Item
Content
[Erase Sp Speed]
Unit Test: Test: Cassette Feeding Flow
Set tth he er erase sp speed. ((W When se selecting tth he "Transport Plate (Return)" operation.)
[Resolution]
Select a resolution to be used during the image read operation. (When selecting the "Transport Plate (Send)" operation.)
[Elect [ElectroM roMag ag clu clutch tch]]
Se Sele lect ct whet whethe herr or or not not the the mag magne neti ticc clu clutc tch h iiss operated. (When selecting the "Transport Plate (Send)" or "Transport Plate (Return)" operation.) • When selecting OFF, the loading/feeding operation will be performed with the magnetic clutch as it was before operation. This will not change regardless of whether the magnetic clutch is ON or OFF. Refer to "• Setting combinations for the loading/feeding motor's magnetic clutch". clutch".
[Ca [Casset sette Siz ize] e]
Sel Select ect the cas casset ette te si size ze.. (Wh (When en sele lect ctin ing g the "Transport Plate (Return)" operation.)
• Setting combinations for the loading/feeding motor's
IMPORTANT
Other than [CW] and [CCW] for motor operations performed via [Unit Test], only the following order of operation be guaranteed to work. Also, a cassette is used for this operation. (15 × 30 cm cassettes cannot be used.)
No.
Motor
1
Full initialization
2
Cassette insertion
3
Lo Load adin ing g NI NIP P moto motorr
Ca Cass sset ette te po posi siti tion on control
4
Tray ray movi moving ng moto motorr
Ca Cass sset ette te po posi siti tion on control 1
magnetic clutch
4 e c i v e d e l g n i s a f o r o i v a h e b g n i r m i f n o C 3 . 4
Operation
Magnetic Clutch
Button is ON
Button is OFF
5
Tray ray movi moving ng moto motorr
Pulldown set to OFF
Magnetic clutch operates via ON. After operating, turns OFF.
Magnetic clutch operates via ON. After operating, turns OFF.
Ca Cass sset ette te po posi siti tion on control 2
6
Load Loadin ing g NIP NIP moto otor
Tray ray llo ock rele releas ase e
Pulldown set to OFF
Magnetic clutch operates via ON. After operating, stays ON.
Magnetic clutch operates via OFF. After operating, stays OFF.
7
Tray ray mo movi ving ng motor otor
Tray ray pull pullo out
8
Load Loadin ing gN NIP IP mo moto torr
Roll Roller er NIP NIP + Tray ray raised
9
SubS SubSca can n ni nip p mot oto or
Ini nittia iali lize ze
10
Magnetic clutch (button)
OFF
11
Loading/Feeding motor
Pla Plate fe feed edin ing g (se (send) nd)
12
Insertio ion n nip nip motor
Scannin ing g
13
Sub-s Sub-sca can n NI NIP P mo moto torr
Pl Plat ate e feed feedin ing g (sen (send) d) 1
14
Sub-scan feeding motor
Plate feeding (send)
15
Sub-scan feeding motor
Plate feeding (return)
16
Insertio ion n nip motor
Erasin ing g
17
Magnetic clutch (button)
ON
18
Loading/feeding motor
Pla Plate te feed feeding ing (ret (retur urn) n)
19
Lo Load adin ing g NIP NIP moto motorr
Tray ray low lower ered ed + rrol olle lerr NIP
20
Magnetic clutch (button)
OFF
21
Tray ray mo movi ving ng motor otor
Tray ray retu return rn 1
22
Tray ray mo movi ving ng motor otor
Tray ray retu return rn 2
23
Load Loadin ing g NIP NIP m mot otor or
Cas asse sett tte e lloc ock k release
HINT
Leaving the magnetic clutch ON for a long period of time will not cause the reader any errors. Also, initialization will occur when exiting the "Unit Test" screen, so no problems will occur.
5.
Click the [Start] button.
The loading/feeding motor will operate according to the selected content.
24
Cassette removal
Magnetic Clutch (Pulldown)
ON
OF OFF F
4-4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior
4.4 4.4 Se Sens nsor or st stat atus us Ch Chec eck k
4.4.2 4.4 .2 Casse Cassette tte size size & sens sensor or sta status tus
Perform the following steps to confirm sensor status.
Cassette size calculation is performed based on the status of 4 sensors.
Also, the relationship between sensor status and device status when calculating the device status with multiple sensors is explained here.
Cassette size
• "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status (Page 4-5)" • "4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status (Page 4-6)"
4.4.1 4.4 .1 Sensor Sensor statu status s Confirm Confirmati ation on Pro Proce cess ss Perform the following steps to confirm sensor status.
1.
Click the "Start Monitoring" button at the "Unit Test" screen.
Sensor status S1
S2
S3
S4
14" × 17"
ON
ON
ON
ON
14" × 14"
ON
ON
ON
15 cm × 30 cm
ON
ON
11" × 14"
ON
10" × 12"
ON
24 cm × 30 cm
ON
ON ON
ON ON ON
8" × 10" 18 cm × 24 cm
ON
ON
ON
No cassette
• • • •
S1: Size detection sensor 1 status S2: Size detection sensor 2 status S3: Size detection sensor 3 status S4: Size detection sensor 4 status
4
The sensor status is then monitored, and the "Start Monitoring" button changes to a "Stop" button. Once monitoring begins, an updated sensor status is displayed on the [Sensor status] screen about once every 3 seconds. Also, a progress bar is displayed above the "Stop" button.
Progress bar
2.
Confirm the sensor status. IMPORTANT
Other single device operation commands cannot be sent while the sensors are being monitored. For example, sensors cannot be monitored while operating a motor. If you want to run a different single device operation command, you'll have to stop sensor monitoring first.
3.
After confirming sensor operations, click the "Stop" button. Sensor status monitoring will come to a halt.
k c e h C s u t a t s r o s n e S 4 . 4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 4 Using a Service T Tool ool to Confirm Behavior
4.4.3 4.4 .3 Insert Insertion ion site site s sens ensor or statu status s The status of NIP insertion by the loading NIP motor, and the status of 3 sensors located to the left of the upper insertion unit, are defined in the following chart. Sensor status No.
NIP in inse sert rtio ion ns sttatus atus
NIP open/ close
Lock release
1
Home position
2
Tray ejecting notch lowered
3
Tray lock released
ON
4
NIP insertion status
ON
5
Tray raised
ON
6
Inserted NIP released
ON
ON
7
Cassette lock released
ON
ON
ON
HP
Rotatio n angle
ON
0°
ON
45°
85° ON
135° 180°
ON
225° -45°
• Rotation angle: The rotation angle from home position.
4 k c e h C s u t a t s r o s n e S 4 . 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor
7
Loading NIP HP Sensor Tray Lock Release Sensor
Upper Insertion Unit
4-5
4-6
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Chapter5
Disassembly & Assembly An explanation of the steps needed to disassemble and assemble the t he device.
5.1
Before Disassem Disassembly bly ..... ........... ........... ........... ............ ........... .......... ........... ............ ............ ........... .........5-2 ....5-2
5.2
Fundament Fundamental al Steps Steps ............ ................. .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ ...........5-3 .....5-3
5.3
Changing Changing electrical electrical parts..... parts.......... .......... ........... ............ ............ ........... .......... ........... ........... .......5-25 ..5-25
5.4
Changing Changing mechanical mechanical parts parts ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........... .......... .......... ..........5-40 .....5-40
5.5
Changing Changing cassette cassette part parts s ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ .........5-51 ...5-51
5 y l b m e s s A & y l b m e s s s a i D
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.1 5.1 Be Befo fore re Di Disa sass ssem embl bly y 5.1.1 5.1 .1 Disass Disassem embly bly/As /Assem sembly bly Cauti Cautions ons UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device. Otherwise, your fingers may get caught in sliding or rotating parts inside of the device due to accidental operation.
• Please use a static electricity resistant wristband when handling electronic components inside the device. Touching Touching a charged b base ase board or other electronic component may damage or destroy it.
5.1.2 5.1. 2 Checking Checking & adjust adjustment ments s needed needed after after assembly When devices or parts have been reattached or changed, adjustments and confirmation must be done as described in the following chart. IMPORTANT
After making vertical/horizontal vertical/horizontal m magnification agnification adjustments, adjustments, adjustments, read makestarting sure topoint correct irregularity irregularity..or oblique Correction of irregularity must be done for both 175 µm and 87.5 µm resolutions.
Device/part All units and parts
Upper Insertion Unit
Confirmation/adjustment
•
Confirm that all status lamps are lit right after turning the power ON.
•
Confirm that the Ready Lamp is lit after initialization.
•
When performing an image read, confirm that the image is displayed on the ImagePilot.
•
Oblique confirmation/adjustment confirmation/adjustment
For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)". 6-2)". Exposure Unit Attach a ground strap to your wrist, and attach its clip to a metal portion of the unit for for solid grounding. grounding.
5 y l b m e s s a s i D e r o f e B 1 . 5
• • • •
Confirm/adjust horizontal magnification Confirm/adjust read starting point Perform sensitivity calibration Correct irregularity
• Do not touch the inside of this device with bare hands. Dirt or oils from the skin may cause the device to rust, resulting in defective sliding or rotating parts.
• When assembling this device, make sure all wiring is
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. Light Collection Unit
returned to its proper location, and confirm that no wires are lodged in any attachments, etc. If wires are lodged or caught in any attachments attachments,, it may cause the device to malfunction.
• Do NOT loosen any screws that are painted white or yellow. If any white screws are loosened, device
• •
Perform sensitivity calibration Correct irregularity
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. Eraser Unit/Assy (Eraser LED)
When changing parts:
•
recovery may be impossible to perform at the service site.
Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up Use the service tool's [Unit Test] (Check) function to make the Eraser LED light up, then confirm visually that it has indeed lit up.
-
If it flickers or does not light up at all, there is a defective connection.
For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Tes Test](Check) t](Check) function, refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] Tes t] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)". 4-2)".
•
Clear the Erase Counter Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform this task. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.
5-2
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
Device/part
Confirmation/adjustment
•
Sub-scan Unit
Confirm image If there are no problems, no adjustment is necessary. If a problem is found, perform the following confirmation/adjustment.
-
Confirm/adjust vertical and horizontal magnification
-
Confirm/adjust read starting point
-
Perform sensitivity calibration
When disassembling and reassembling this device, certain fundamental steps must be taken, including a method of removing and attaching the external panel, which are fully explained here.
5.2.1 .2.1 Powe Powerr OFF OFF/ON /ON The device's power OFF/ON method is explained below.
Power OFF
Correct irregularity
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.
-
5.2 5.2 Fu Fund ndam amen enttal S Ste tep ps
Oblique confirmation/adjustment
Turn the power supply circuit breaker OFF, then remove the power cable and USB cable.
1.
Make sure the Busy Lamp is unlit.
2.
Turn OFF the power supply circuit breaker.
For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)". 6-2)".
•
SW power supply
Confirm voltage
Details can be found in the change process descriptive text ("5.3.5 ("5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply (Page 5-30)". 5-30)". Main board
Make a backup of base board data before changing. After changing, the backup data must be restored via the new base base board. Details can be found in the change process descriptive text ("5.3.4 ("5.3.4 Changing the main board (Page 5-28)". 5-28)".
5
3. 5.1.3 5.1 .3 Proble Problems ms that that oft often en occur occur aft after er assembly When forgetting to connect the connectors, or they are not securely attached, the following problems will occur. Make sure to thoroughly check that all connectors are fastened securely. Trouble
Connectors to check when a problem occurs
The Status Lamp will not light up.
Status LED board • SCN1
An error occurs during initialization.
Left side of device (Sub-scan unit)
• JP36-2(-A) Right side of device (Subscan unit) • JJ37 • JP7-2 After the image reading process is complete and the cassette is removed, the Ready Lamp continues to blink. (No problem before the image reading process)
Right side of device (lower insertion unit)
• JP16-2
Unplug the power cable from its outlet and disconnect it from the device.
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 5 2 .
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-3
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
Disconnect the USB cable from the device.
3.
Switch ON the power supply circuit breaker breaker..
4.
Check the status lamps.
• After After turnin turning g the the pow power er ON, all lam lamps ps sho should uld be lit for approximately 5 seconds during initialization. If any of the lamps are not lit, they may be in need of repair.
• Once initialization has ended, and image reading can be performed, the Ready Lamp should be lit. HINT
If this device is not connected to the ImagePilot, or the ImagePilot has not started up, the Error Lamp will be lit. This concludes the power ON sequence.
5.2.2 5.2 .2 Removi Removing ng the exte externa rnall panel panel & part parts s This concludes the power OFF sequence. External panel and part removal should be performed as follows.
Power ON Connect the USB cable and power cable to the device, then switch the device power ON.
1.
Connect the USB cable to the device.
Upper Cover Assy (Page 5-5) Upper Insertion Unit (Page 5-6)
HINT
When wiring the cable to the back of the device, it can be threaded through the notches at the bottom.
Left Side Panel (Page 5-7) Right Side Panel (Page 5-8)
5
Rear Panel Patch Assy (Page 5-9)
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
Lower Insertion Unit (Page 5-9)
Front Panel Assy (Page 5-11)
5 2 . USB Cable
Notch
Sub-scan Unit (Page 5-12)
Eraser Unit (Page 5-17) Exposure Unit (Page 5-20)
2.
Connect the power cable to this device, then plug it into an outlet. IMPORTANT
To prevent the power cable from coming loose, make sure to thread it through the locking wire saddles (× 2).
Light Collection Unit (Page 5-21) Upper Door Assy (Page 5-23) : External Unit
5-4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.2.3 5.2 .3 Removi Removing ng & atta attachi ching ng the the upper upper cover cover assy
3.
Remove the upper cover assy.
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the upper cover assy.
CAUTION UTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The removal process
1.
Open the upper Door.
This concludes the upper cover assy removal process.
The attachment process
1.
Open the upper door.
2.
Attach the upper cover assy. First attach the 2 protruding parts in front, then slide the back part down and and in until it ffits. its.
5
2.
Attach the screws to the upper cover assy.
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
• Screw × 2
5 2 .
Remove the screws from the upper cover assy.
• Screw × 2
3.
This concludes the upper cover assy attachment process.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-5
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
5.2.4 5.2 .4 Removi Removing ng & att attach aching ing the the uppe upperr insertion unit
Lift up the upper insertion unit a bit from each side, then insert cables into the square holes.
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the upper insertion unit.
5.
CAUTION UTION
Insert the cables removed in step 2 into 2 into the square holes from the top.
Remove the upper insertion unit.
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The removal process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Remove the cables (connectors) as shown in the diagram.
• JP30-2 • JP3-2
Handle the upper insertion unit from the sections circled in the illustration below (normally from the 2 sections on the inside).
JP3-2 JP30-2
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
3.
Remove the screws from the upper insertion unit. A: TP hex hexago agonal nal Phi Philli llips ps-he -head ad screw screw × 4 (M3 × 6 6))
5 2 .
• • B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 ×
IMPORTANT
When setting down the removed upper insertion unit, place it upside down to avoid scratching the antistatic sheet Assy (circled in the illustration below).
8)
A
A
B
B
A
A
This concludes the upper insertion unit removal process.
5-6
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
The attachment process
1.
Pull the connectors out of the square holes they were placed in while removing the upper insertion unit, and put the upper insertion unit on top of the frame.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)"and 5-5)"and attach the upper cover assy.
This concludes the upper insertion unit attachment process.
Things to check/adjust when re-attaching the same upper insertion unit. Perform the following checks/adjustments when re-attaching the upper insertion unit.
• Checking/adjusting oblique lighting 6-2)".. For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)"
5.2.5 5.2 .5 Removi Removing ng & attac attachin hing g the left left side side panel The following is a description of how to remove and attach the left side panel.
CAUTION UTION
2.
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Press the upper insertion unit in towards the rear, and tighten it down with screws.
• A: TP hex hexago agonal nal Phi Philli llips ps-he -head ad screw screw × 4 (M3 × 6 6)) • B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
A
B
B
A
The removal process
1. A
A
2.
3.
5
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy. Remove the left door and USB cover.
5 2 .
Connect the cables.
• JP30-2 • JP3-2 (After connecting the connectors, thread the cable through the 2 wire saddle points.)
JP3-2 JP30-2
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
Left Door Assy
USB Cover
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-7
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
3.
Remove the left side panel.
• Screws × 3
5.2.6 5.2 .6 Removi Removing ng & atta attachi ching ng the righ rightt side side panel The following is a description of how to remove and attach the right side panel. UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The removal process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Remove the right side panel.
This concludes the left side panel removal process.
The attachment process
1.
• Screws × 3
Attach the left side panel.
• Screws × 3 Attach while abutted in the upward direction. A
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
This concludes the right side panel removal process.
The attachment process IMPORTANT
5 2 .
Make sure Notch A shown above does not get caught on the frame, and that the panel bottom is not open.
1.
Attach the right side panel. • Screws × 3 Attach while abutted in the upward direction.
2.
Attach the left door assy. HINT
If no difficulties are experienced during this process, attach the USB cover after connecting the USB cable.
3.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
This concludes the left side panel attachment process.
A
5-8
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
IMPORTANT
The attachment process
Make sure Notch A shown above does not get caught on the frame, and that the panel bottom is not open.
2.
1.
Attach the rear panel patch assy together with the rear assy.
• Screws × 4
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
IMPORTANT
While supporting the rear assy so that it doesn't fall off,
This concludes the right side panel attachment process.
attach the rear panel patch assy.
5.2.7 5.2 .7 Removi Removing ng & atta attachi ching ng the the rear rear panel panel patch assy. assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the rear panel patch assy assy..
3.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
4.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
This concludes the rear panel patch assy attachment process.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The removal process
1.
2.
5.2.8 5.2 .8 Removi Removing ng & att attac aching hing the lower lower insertion unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the lower insertion unit.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/ Disassembly/Assembly Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
4.
Remove the rear panel patch assy together with the rear assy.
Things to prepare
• Screws × 4
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
IMPORTANT
While supporting the rear assy so that it doesn't fall off, remove the rear panel patch assy.
The removal process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
Rear Panel Patch Assy
Rear Assy
This concludes the rear panel patch assy removal process.
5 2 .
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-9
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
Remove cables connected to the status LED board.
7.
Remove the lower insertion unit.
• SCN1 These cables travel underneath the status LED board, so make sure to pull them out.
SCN1
This concludes the lower insertion unit removal process.
5.
The attachment process Remove connectors from the right side of the device as illustrated.
1.
• JP16-2
Check the upper insertion unit's cam part. If the situation is not as shown below, rotate the cam part so that the detector is angled according to the illustration.
Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor
Tray Lock Release Sensor
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
Loading NIP HP Sensor
Upper Insertion Unit
6.
Remove the screws from the lower insertion unit.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)
5 2 .
IMPORTANT
When the situation is the same as illustrated, the upper insertion unit's notches are in the escape position. If the notches are not in the escape position, contact may occur when attaching the lower insertion unit.
2.
Attach the lower insertion unit to the frame.
3.
Secure the lower insertion unit with screws.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)
5-10
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
Connect cables to the lower insertion unit from the right side of the device.
• JP16-2
5.2.9 5.2 .9 Removi Removing/ ng/att attach aching ing the front front panel panel assy The following is a description of how to remove and attach the front panel assy.
CAUTION UTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/ Disassembly/Assembly Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
5.
Connect cables to the status LED board.
• SCN1 Pass the cables underneath the status LED board to connect them.
The removal process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
4.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.
SCN1
5
6.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
7.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
5 2 .
5.
Remove the front panel assy.
• Screws × 4
8.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
This concludes the lower insertion unit attachment process.
This concludes the front panel assy removal process.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-11
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
The attachment process
1.
Attach the front panel assy.
• Screws × 4 Attach while abutted as shown by the illustration.
5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan Sub-scan unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the Sub-scan unit. (In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single assembly.) UTION
CAUTION • Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Abutment direction
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
Abutment Part
Disassembly/Assembly Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/ Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Things to prepare The front panel assy in the bubble is a cross-section view.
2.
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 5 2 .
The removal process
1.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
4.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
5.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
4.
Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and remove the rear panel patch assy.
5.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.
6.
Remove the frame's anterior cover.
3. 5
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
This concludes the front panel assy attachment process.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
5-12
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
7.
Remove cables connected to the main board from the exposure unit and light collection unit.
• Exposure unit: CN8, CN9 • Light Collection Unit: CN3, CN10, CN11, CN11, CN12
10. Remove the handle (light collection unit cleaning handle). Take it out while turned in the #2 position.
(Together with the main board connector names.) Light Collection Unit
Exposure Unit CNxx
20
USB (13)
11 10 14 9 8
12
5
6
7 4
21 1
2
3 Unused
11. Remove connectors from the right side of the device as illustrated.
• JJ37 • JP7-2
8.
Remove connectors from the left side of the device as illustrated.
• JP36-2
5
JJ37
JP7-2
12. Remove the fan assembly (Eraser LED cooling fan). • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
JP36-2
9.
Remove the handle (unjamming dial).
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 5 2 .
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-13
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
13. Pull the device's rear lever and slide down the exit
16. Pull the sub-scan unit about 5cm out of the device, then coil the cables removed from the main board around the exposure unit protrusions.
guide.
IMPORTANT
When removing the sub-scan unit, be careful not to get the cables caught on the frame, upper insertion unit, etc. Space Space between the exposure unit and upper insertion unit is extremely small, so be sure not to pull out the sub-scan unit while cables remain on top of the exposure unit. Exit Guide Exposure Unit Lever
14. Remove the screws from the sub-scan unit.
Protrusions
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 8 (M3 × 6)
Sub-scan Unit Wrapping Reference
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
17. Pull out and remove the sub-scan unit. 15. Open the upper door.
Handle the sub-scan unit from the sections circled in the illustration below. When setting it down, place it on the table so that the protruding parts hang off the edge, enabling it to sit flat as shown in the bubble.
5 2 .
Table
This concludes the sub-scan unit removal process.
5-14
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
The attachment process
1.
4.
Close the upper door.
5.
Secure the sub-scan unit with screws.
Make sure all parts removed from the sub-scan unit are back in place.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 8 (M3 × 6)
The unjamming dial and Light Collection Unit cleaning handle are not attached here.
6.
HINT
Raise the exit guide upright.
Attachments you might forget:
• Attach exposure unit screws (Exposure unit: 6 places, Fixed pin Assy: 2 places)
• Reconnect cables disconnected when removing and attaching base board assembly (4 places)
2.
As done during removal, coil the exposure unit cables, etc. around the exposure unit protrusions.
3.
When inserting the sub-scan unit into the device, unravel the coiled cables part way through and place them on top of the exposure unit.
5
IMPORTANT
• When inserting the sub-scan unit, make sure it slides into the guides along the bottom of the device. Make sure it is not loaded at a slant, or that it does not hit the loaded part when lifted.
• Depending on how the cables were coiled, they might get smashed when putting the sub-scan unit back into the device. In some cases you may not be able to uncoil the cables, so make sure to check the cable status while inserting the sub-scan unit into the device, then uncoil them from the protrusions part way through.
Sub-scan Unit
7.
Attach the fan assembly (Eraser LED cooling fan).
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 2 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-15
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
8.
Connect cables on the right side of the device.
11. Connect cables on the left side of the device. • JP36-2
• JJ37 • JP7-2
JJ37
JP36-2 JP7-2
12. Connect exposure unit and light collection unit 9.
Attach the handle (light collection unit cleaning handle). Insert aligned with mark #1. Once abutted, twist it to the mark #2 position and push it in until it stops. After pushing it in, remove your hand, and the handle will return to the mark #1 position.
cables to the main board.
• Exposure unit: CN8, CN9 • Light Collection Unit: CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12 (Together with the main board connector names.) Light Collection Unit
Exposure Unit CNxx
20
USB (13)
5
11 10 14 9 8
12
5
7 4
21 1
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
6
2
3 Unused
10. Attach the handle (unjamming dial). • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
2 . 5
13. Attach the frame's anterior cover. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
5-16
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
14. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
5.2.11 5.2.1 1 Removing and attaching attaching the eraser unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the eraser unit.
15. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel
CAUTION UTION
patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the rear panel patch assy.
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
16. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
order to avoid potential base board damage while • In Disassembly/Assembly Disassembly/ Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
17. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
• Do NOT touch the erase filter (the yellow part) of the
18. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
eraser unit. Do not let dust or debris contaminate the parts while handling them.
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
Things to prepare This concludes the sub-scan unit attachment process.
Things to check/adjust when re-attaching a sub-scan unit When re-attaching a sub-scan unit, make sure to check the read image status as a final step. If the image has a problem, check/ adjust the device as follows.
• Confirm/adjust vertical and horizontal magnification • Confirm/adjust read starting point • Perform sensitivity calibration • Correct irregularity
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The removal process
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single assembly.
2.
Remove the air intake duct from the left side of the sub-scan unit.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
Refer to the ImagePilot Installatio Installation n & Repair Manual for details on the items above.
• Checking/adjusting oblique lighting
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)". 6-2)".
2 . 5
3.
Remove the exhaust air duct from the right side of the sub-scan unit.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-17
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
7.
Remove the dustproof cover.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
5.
8.
Remove the base board cover.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
Remove the screws from the eraser unit.
Remove the eraser unit. At this point it will be hitched on the sub-scan unit's side plate boss, so so slide it up a bit to remove it.
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 2 . 5
Boss
6.
Remove 2 cables connected to the LED drive2 board. Eraser Unit
• CN CN2 2 • CN CN3 3 (Together with the LED drive2 board connector names.) After removing each connector, unhook them from their clamps andunit. wire saddles so that they are no longer secured to the eraser
CN1 CN2
CN3 CN4
This concludes the eraser unit removal process.
5-18
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
The attachment process
1.
Attach the base board cover.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
Hitch the eraser unit to the sub-scan unit's side plate boss. There are 3 bosses on one side. Fit the eraser unit to the top 2 bosses and slide it down down.. Once the eraser unit's in indentation dentation enters the second boss from the top, it will slide down by its own weight.
Eraser Unit
5.
Attach the dustproof cover.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
Boss Eraser Unit
5
6.
Attach the air intake duct.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
2.
Secure the eraser unit with screws.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 2 . 5
3.
Connect 2 cables to the LED drive2 board. CN2 2 • CN • CN CN3 3 (Together with the LED drive2 board connector names.)
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-19
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
7.
Scanner y colector de luz
Attach the exhaust air duct.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
5.2.12 Removing & attaching attaching the exposure exposure unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the exposure unit.
CAUTION UTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• Do not touch the exposure unit's dustproof glass
(where laser light is emitted). Do not let dust or debris contaminate the parts while handling them.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
8.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the eraser unit attachment process.
The removal process
1.
In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single assembly.
Confirmation/settings needed when changing the Eraser Unit or Eraser Unit Assy When the eraser unit or and eraser unit assy have been changed, the following confirmation settings must be performed.
2.
• Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up
5
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
Remove the screws from the exposure unit.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 6 (M3 × 6)
Use the service tool's [Unit test] to access the [Unit Test] (Check) screen, operate the Eraser LED, and confirm visually that it lights up.
- If the LED flickers or does not light up,
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 2 . 5
cable connection may be defective. For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Test] (Check) function, refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)". 4-2)".
• Clear the Erase Counter Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform this task. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details. HINT
When the Eraser LED has lit up more than 42,000 times, a warning message is displayed.
3.
Remove the exposure unit's positioning pin Assys (one per side).
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head Phillips-head screw × 1 per side (M3 × 6)
5-20
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
5.2.13 Removing & attaching attaching light collection unit
Remove the exposure unit.
Exposure Unit
The following is a description of how to remove and attach the light collection unit.
CAUTION UTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• Do not touch the light collecting mirror base (at the tip) or the light guide (transparent part).Do not let dust or debris contaminate the parts while handling them.
Things to prepare This concludes the exposure unit removal process.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The attachment process
The removal process
1.
1.
Place the exposure unit on top of the sub-scan unit's rail, then press it inward.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as
Rail
a single assembly.
2.
Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)", 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit from the sub-scan unit.
3.
Remove the screws from the light collection unit.
• A: TP hex hexago agonal nal Phi Philli llips ps-he -head ad sc screw rew × 4 (M3 (M3 × 6) • B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F
(M3 × 10)
2.
Attach the exposure unit's positioning pin Assys (one per side).
B
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head Phillips-head screw × 1 per side (M3 × 6)
3.
Secure the exposure unit with screws. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 6 (M3 × 6)
4.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the exposure unit attachment process.
Things to check/adjust when re-attaching an exposure unit When the same exposure unit has been re-attached, adjustments and confirmation must be done as follows.
• Confirm/adjust horizontal magnification • Confirm/adjust read starting point • Perform sensitivity calibration • Correct irregularity Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.
A A
A B
A
5
2 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-21
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
Remove the light collection unit.
3.
Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit to the sub-scan unit.
4.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
Light Collection Unit
This concludes the light collection unit attachment process.
Things to check/adjust when re-attaching the same light collection unit. When the same light collection unit have been re-attached, adjustments and confirmation must be done as follows.
• Perform sensitivity calibration • Correct irregularity Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details. This concludes the light collection unit removal process.
The attachment process (when changing assemblies) The attachment process
1.
IMPORTANT
Place the light collection unit on top of the sub-scan unit's rail, then press them inward.
When changing the light collection unit, the PMT support plate and light collection unit positions needs to be adjusted. Refer to " The attachment process (when changing assemblies) (Page 5-22)". 5-22)".
1.
Place the light collection unit on top of the sub-scan unit's rail, then press them inward. Rail
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 2 . 5
Rail
2.
Loosen the screws on the PMT support plate.
• D: Screws × 2 (step (step 3 illustration) 3 illustration)
3.
Secure the light collection unit with screws. Attach screws marked A through D in the illustration in the
2.
Secure the light collection unit with screws.
following order. 1) A: TP hexagonal Phillip Phillips-head s-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
First attach the 2 screws marked "A" in the illustration.
2) B: TP hexagonal Phillip Phillips-head s-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)
• A, B: TP hex hexago agonal nal Phi Philli llips ps-he -head ad sc screw rew × 4 (M3 × 6 6)) • C: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2
3) C: TP hexagonal Ph Phillips-head illips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 10)
(M3 × 10)
4) D: S Screw crews s ×2 C C
D
A
A
B
A
B
A
C
5-22
B
C
B
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
4.
5.
Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit to the sub-scan unit.
3.
Slide the Rotation Support Point Assy (left side) to the right and remove it. Remove the spring at this point as well.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the light collection unit attachment process when changing them out.
Things to check/adjust when changing light collection unit.
Spring
When changing light collection unit, adjustments and confirmation must be done as follows.
• Perform sensitivity calibration • Correct irregularity
Rotation Support Point Assy
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.
4. 5.2.14 Removing & attaching attaching the upper door assy The following is a description of how to remove and attach the upper door assy. UTION CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Slide the upper door assy to the left, remove the right shaft from the device, and remove the upper door assy. Remove the spring at this point as well. Upper Door Assy Spring
5
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The removal process
1.
2.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy. Remove the screw from the Rotation Support Point Assy on the left side. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
Screws
This concludes the upper door assy removal process.
s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 2 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-23
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
2.
The attachment process
Loosen the screws on each side of the locating plate.
• Screws on each side × 2 IMPORTANT
When changing the upper door assy, the locating plate's position needs to be adjusted. Refer to " The attachment process (when changing assemblies) (Page 5-24)".. 5-24)"
1.
Place the spring into the support pillar (Rotation Support Point Assy) on the right side of the upper door assy, then insert the support pillar into the device.
2.
Attach the removed Rotation Support Point Assy to the spring, then fix it to the device.
Locating Plate
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
3.
Upper Door Assy Spring
Close the upper door, push in the direction indicated below, then tighten the locating plate's screws.
• Screws on each side × 2 Press This Direction
Spring
Rotation Support Point Assy
5 s p e t S l a t n e m a d n u F 2 . 5
Screws
3.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
4.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
This concludes the upper cover assy attachment process.
The attachment process (when changing assemblies)
1.
Attach the upper door assy to the device without a spring.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6) Rotation Support Point Assy
Upper Door Assy
Remove the upper door assy, insert the spring, then attach it to the device.
5.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. IMPORTANT
After attaching the upper cover assy assy,, confirm that there is no noticeable difference in level between it and the upper door assy. assy. If the upper door assy is raised, readjust its positioning board. This concludes the upper door assy attachment process for changing assemblies.
5-24
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5. 5.3 3 Ch Chan angi ging ng el elec ectr tric ical al p par artts
5.3.2 5.3 .2 Changi Changing ng the the LED LED drive drive2 2 boar board d
5.3.1 5.3 .1 Changi Changing ng the the sta status tus LED board board
Follow the steps below to change the LED drive2 board.
CAUTION UTION
Follow the steps below to change the status LED board.
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/ Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Employees
Man-hours
1 Employees
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
2.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy. Change the status LED board.
• Screws × 2 • CN CN1 1 (Status LED board connector name.) Pass the cables underneath the status LED board to connect them.
STATUS_LED_BOARD
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
2.
Remove the dustproof cover.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
5 s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
CN1
3.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
This concludes the status LED board changing process.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-25
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
3.
5.
Remove the base board cover.
• Screws × 4
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
4.
Remove all cables connected to the LED drive2 board.
Change the LED drive2 board.
6.
Connect cables to all LED drive2 board connectors. IMPORTANT
How to connect the FFC cable (CN1) CN1 CN2
Insert the FFC cable placing the contact face toward the opposite side of the lock lever and insert it vertically vertically.. When doing so, make sure to firmly insert the FFC cable to the connector vertically until it touches the body.
CN3 CN4
5 s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g
FFC Cable Contact Face
IMPORTANT
How to remove the FFC cable (CN1) Remove the FFC cable after unlocking the lock by pushing up the CN1 lock lever.
Push up the vertically standing lock lever toward the
a n h C 3 . 5
rotation to lock Afterpulling connecting confirm that it is direction firmly locked by it. gently up theit,FFC cable.
Lock Lever
7.
Attach the base board cover. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
5-26
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
8.
Attach the dustproof cover.
4.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)
• Screw × 3
Remove the substrate backing plate.
Loosen the 2 screws on the top, and remove 1 screw on the bottom. Loosen
Remove
Base Board Backup Plate
9.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the LED drive2 board changing process.
5.3.3 5.3 .3 Changi Changing ng the Eras Eraser er Unit Unit Assy Assy (Erase (Eraserr LED)
5.
• Screw × 3
6.
Follow the steps below to change the Eraser Unit Assy.
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while
7.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the eraser unit assy changing process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Refer to "5.2.11 "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", 5-17)", and attach the eraser unit to the sub-scan unit. In addition, refer to the attachment process covered in "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit", unit", and when "connecting cables to the LED drive2 board", attach the previously previous ly removed LED drive2 b board, oard, then cconnect onnect the cables to all LED drive2 board connectors.
UTION CAUTION
discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Attach the substrate backing plate to the new Eraser Unit Assy.
Man-hours
1
Confirmation/settings needed after changing the Eraser Unit Assy that the Eraser LED lights up • Confirm Use the service tool's [Unit test] to access the [Unit Test]
Things to prepare
(Check) screen, operate the Eraser LED, and confirm visually that it lights up.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
- If the LED flickers or does not light up, Cable connection may be defective.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Test] (Check) function, refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)". 4-2)".
• Clear the Erase Counter Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform this task.
2.
Refer to "5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board (Page 5-25)", 5-25)", and remove the LED drive2 board.
3.
Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", 5-17)", and remove the eraser unit from
When the Eraser LED has lit up more than 42,000 times, a
the sub-scan unit.
warning message is displayed.
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Repair Manual for details. HINT
5 s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-27
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
2.
Exit the ImagePilot and device, then turn OFF their power sources.
3.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
A reader program is also written to the main board. A program written to the main board may become old when the main board is changed, and require overwrite to a new program.
4.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
Use the service tool of the ImagePilot connected to this device to backup or or restore data or overwrite a program program..
5.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
6.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.
7.
Remove the frame's anterior cover.
5. 5.3. 3.4 4 Chan Changi ging ng the the mai main n boar board d All of the device's setting data is saved to the main board. So when changing the main board, it's important to back up any data saved to the current main board before progressing. After changing it, the backup data data must then be restored to the new ma main in board.
The steps needed to change the main board are summarized as follows.
• For details on service tool operation, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
IMPORTANT
The main board must be changed when a problem is thought to have occurred from within the main board. In most cases, when a problem occurs with the main board, connection is cut off between the device and ImagePilot, and backup data can no longer be created.
5 s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
The backup option is included while adjusting settings, so be sure to create backup data each time settings are changed while the device is being serviced, etc.
8.
Remove all cables connected to the main board. CNxx
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
20 12 USB (13)
11 1014 9 8 5
6
7
21
4 1
2
3
1 Unused
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
If communications are possible between this device and the ImagePilot, access the service tool's [Change Base Board] screen to back up all data saved to the main board into the ImagePilot. HINT
When using the REGIUS MODEL 110 etc. to back up ImagePilot setting information (system and JM information), ImagePilot settings had to be returned to default. However, since USB connection is used for the REGIUS /II, this is no longer necessary.
5-28
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
9.
12. Attach the frame's anterior cover.
Change the main board.
• Screw × 8
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
When attaching the main board, loosely fasten the 2 screws marked "A" in the illustration, then tighten them after sliding it to the left. After that, tighten it down with the remaining 6 screws.
13. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
14. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
15. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel. A
A
16. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
17. Turn ON the ImagePilot and device to start them up. 18. Overwrite the MAIN_BOARD program with the latest version on the [Install] screen and the [Program] screen of the service tool.
10. Confirm that the HV (high voltage) switch of the MAIN_BOARD is set to ON.
Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.
19. Restore the backup data, which is created in step 11 ON
OFF HV
Turn it on ON if it is OFF.
11. Connect the cables removed in step 88 to to the main board.
at the [PCB] screen (or created when setting or servicing the device, etc.) of the service tool, to the new main board. If no data is available to restore If you were unable to back up the previous main board's data, and there is no backup data created when setting or servicing, the following recheck/readjustment process must be performed.. performed
• Confirm the number of read pixels and read starting point • Adj Adjust ust the im image age siz size e and and ima image ge pos positi ition on • Calibrate irregularity • Perform sensitivity calibration Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details. IMPORTANT
After making these these settings, make s sure ure to back up the main board data.
5 s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
20. Restart the device. This concludes the main board changing process.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-29
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.3.5 5.3 .5 Changi Changing ng the SW power power supply supply
7.
Change the SW power supply.
• Screws × 2
Follow the steps below to change the SW power supply. UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
8.
Connect the power supply circuit breaker cable to the SW power supply.
• CN CN1 1 The changing process
1.
5 s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
9.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
Temporarily Temporarily connect the power cable to the device and plug it into an outlet.
10. Turn Turn the device ON, confirm the SW power supply's output voltage, and adjust if out of range.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
4.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)" , and remove the lower insertion unit.
5.
Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" 5-11)" and and remove the front panel assy.
6.
Remove all cables connected to the SW power supply.
Signal name +24 V
Po Poiint of of m me easurement
Voltage ra range
CN51-6 (+ side)
23.50 - 24.50V
CN51-1 (- side)
CN1
VR51
Voltage Drop CN1
CN51
Voltage Rise
CN51
11. Unplug the power cable from its outlet and disconnect it from the device.
12. Connect the cables to the SW power supply. • CN51
13. Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" 5-11)" and and attach the front panel assy.
14. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
15. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
16. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
5-7)" and and attach the left side panel. panel (Page 5-7)"
5-30
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
17. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
6.
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
Remove the brackets attached to the power supply circuit breaker.
• Screws × 2
This concludes the SW power supply changing process.
5.3.6 5.3 .6 Changi Changing ng the the powe powerr suppl supply y circu circuit it breaker Follow the steps below to change the power supply circuit breaker. UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
7.
Change the power supply circuit breaker. Check the switch's ON/OFF symbols to make sure it is pointing in the direction direction shown in th thee illustration w when hen attaching it.
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
4.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)" , and remove the lower insertion unit.
5
8.
Attach the brackets.
• Screws × 2
9.
Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" 5-11)" and and attach the front panel assy.
5.
Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" 5-11)" and and remove the front panel assy.
10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the power supply circuit breaker changing process.
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-31
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.3.7 5.3 .7 Changi Changing ng the the Inlet Inlet-NF -NF wiring wiring A Assy ssy
7.
Remove the box cover patch assembly.
• Screws × 2
Follow the steps below to change the Inlet-NF wiring Assy. UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
8.
• Screws × 2 • Screw × 1 (ground)
The changing process
1.
Attach so the inlet's central terminal is facing downward.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)", 5-23)", and remove the upper door assy.
5
3.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
4.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
5.
Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and remove the rear panel patch assy.
6.
Change the Inlet-NF wiring Assy.
Remove upper door stoppers A and B.
Ground
9.
Attach the box cover patch assembly.
• Screws × 2
10. Attach upper door stoppers A and B. • Screw × 1 each
• Screw × 1 each
11. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel Upper Door Stopper (B)
patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the rear panel patch assy.
12. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
13. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel. Upper Door Stopper (A)
14. Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)" and 5-23)" and attach the upper door assy.
15. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
This concludes the Inlet-NF wiring Assy changing process.
5-32
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.3.8 5.3 .8 Changi Changing ng size size detec detectio tion n sensor sensors s 1 and 2
6.
Remove the sensor assembly.
• Screws × 3
Follow the steps below to change size detection sensor 1 and size detection sensor 2.
CAUTION UTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
7.
Change the sensors.
Man-hours
Size Detection Sensor 1
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
5 Size Detection Sensor 2
2. 3. 4.
5.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)" , and remove the lower insertion unit. Turn over the lower insertion unit and remove its cover.
• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)
8.
Attach the sensor assembly.
• Screws × 3
9.
Attach the lower insertion unit cover.
• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)
10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the changing process for size detection sensors 1 and 2.
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-33
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.3.9 5.3 .9 Changi Changing ng the the ca casse ssette tte sensor sensor Follow the steps below to change the cassette sensor.
5.3.10 Changing the the plate sensor (light receiving) Follow the steps below to change the plate sensor (light receiving).
UTION CAUTION
UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/ Disassembly/Assembly Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
1
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1. 5
2.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
The changing process
1.
Change the cassette sensor.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" to 5-6)" to remove the sub-scan unit and upper insertion unit. At this point, only the front panel assy and upper door assy are attached to the frame.
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
2.
Refer to "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)",, and remove the feeding roller. 5-45)" Magnetic Clutch
Feeding Roller
3.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the cassette sensor changing process.
Bearing E Ring
5-34
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
3.
Remove the detector mounting plate.
• Screws × 2
5.3.11 5.3.1 1 Changing the the plate sensor (light emitting) Follow the steps below to change the plate sensor (light emitting). UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Process Summary Detector Mounting Plate
This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
4.
Change the plate sensor (light receiving).
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and 5-6)" and remove the upper insertion unit.
5
IMPORTANT
5.
Attach the detector mounting plate.
• Screws × 2
6.
Refer to "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)",, and attach the feeding Roller. 5-45)"
7.
Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and 5-6)" and "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" to 5-12)" to attach the upper insertion unit and sub-scan unit.
This concludes the plate sensor (light receiving) changing process.
Remove the plate sensor (light emitting) from the upper insertion unit. Make sure not to scratch the antistatic sheet Assy (circled below) during this process.
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-35
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
3.
Remove the connector (JP29), then remove the cable connected to the plate sensor (light emitting) from its wire saddles (× 4).
6.
Take the detector mounting plate out from under the upper insertion unit, then change the plate sensor (light emitting).
7.
Place the detector mounting plate and run its cable through the wire saddles.
JP29
4.
Remove screw from the lever.
• Screws × 1
HINT
Once the detector mounting plate has been secured, running its cable through the wire saddles becomes difficult. Run the cable through the 2 wire saddles on the sensor side here.
8.
Attach the detector mounting plate.
• Screws × 1
9.
5
Connect the cable and run it through the wire saddles.
• JP29
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
10. Attach the lever screw. 5.
Remove screw from the detector mounting plate.
• Screws × 1
11. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper
• Screws × 1 Rotate the cam part, then move the slide guide as indicated by the arrow below. Once the lever is loose, the screws can be accessed.
insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and 5-6)" and attach the upper insertion unit.
12. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
Detector Mounting Plate
This concludes the plate sensor (light emitting) changing process. Lever
Slide Guide
Slide Guide
5-36
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC V-SYNC se sensor nsor and VVSYNC assembly
6.
Remove the V-SYNC assembly.
• Screws × 2
Follow the steps below to change the V-SYNC sensor and VSYNC assembly.
CAUTION UTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
7. Things to prepare
If you are changing the V-SYNC sensor sensor,, replace the old one.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3. 4.
5.
5
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and remove the rear panel patch assy.
8.
Attach the V-SYNC assembly.
• Screws × 2 Insert the V actuator into the exposure guide holes, then attach so it is abutted as shown in the illustration.
Remove the cable from the V-SYNC sensor.
• JP32 Exposure Guide Hole
V Actuator JP32
9.
Connect the cable to the V-SYNC sensor.
• JP32
10. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)"
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
11. Refer to
5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-37
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side
4.
Change the entrance NIP sensor.
5.
Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy" starting Assy" starting from Process 8 on Page 5-42, 5-42, and attach the other parts that were removed from the sub-scan drive Assy during the sub-scan unit removal process.
6.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the V-SYNC sensor and V-SYNC assembly changing process.
5.3.13 Changing the the entrance NIP sensor sensor Follow the steps below to change the entrance NIP sensor. UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
5 Things to prepare
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
2.
Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy (Page 5-41)", 5-41)", and remove the sub-scan drive Assy Assy..
3.
Remove the upper open/close springs (× 2).
This concludes the entrance NIP sensor changing process.
5-38
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
3.
5.3.14 Changing the the exit exit NIP sensor
Remove the base board assembly.
• Screw × 6
Follow the steps below to change the exit NIP sensor. UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
4.
1
Remove the protective cover.
• Screws × 2
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
2.
Remove the connectors (× 4) circled in the illustration, then remove their cables from the base board's cable hole.
• • • •
5
JP5 JP32 (V-SYNC sensor)
5.
JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) JP31-1
JP33
JP5 JP32 Leave this cable attached to the base board.
JP31-1
Remove the lower open/close springs (× 2).
s t r a p l a c i r t c e l e g n i g a n h C 3 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-39
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
6.
Change the exit NIP sensor sensor..
5.4 5.4 Ch Chan angi ging ng m mec echa hani nica call pa part rts s
• JP34
5.4.1 5.4 .1 Changi Changing ng the the loadin loading/f g/fee eedin ding g motor motor Follow the steps below to change the loading/feeding motor. UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/ Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process. Top Down View
Process Summary
7.
Attach the lower open/close springs (× 2).
8.
Attach the protective cover.
This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees 1
• Screws × 2
9.
Attach the base board assembly.
• Screw × 6
Man-hours
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
2 and connect the cables. 10. Refer to step 2 and
5 s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
• JP5 • JP32 (V-SYNC sensor) • JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) • JP31-1
11. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
4.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.
5.
Change the loading/feeding motor (stepping motor).
unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. This concludes the exit NIP sensor changing process.
• Screws × 2 • JP JP4 4
JP4
5-40
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
6.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
7.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
8.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
9.
2.
Take Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the drive belt and slowdown pulley.
• Screw × 1 After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does not make contact with the drive pulley.
Tension Arm R
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
This concludes the loading/feeding motor changing process. Drive Pulley
5.4.2 5.4 .2 Changi Changing ng the the sub-sc sub-scan an N NIP IP motor motor and and sub-scan drive Assy
Slowdown Pulley Drive Belt
Follow the steps below to change the sub-scan NIP motor. The sub-scan drive Assy is removed when changing the sub-scan NIP motor. motor.
3.
CAUTION UTION
Remove the connectors (x4) circled in the illustration, then remove their cables from the base board's cable hole.
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be • • • •
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
JP JP5 5 JP32 (V-SYNC sensor) JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) JP31-1
5 JP33
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
JP5
1
JP32
Things to prepare Leave this cable attached to the base board.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
4.
Remove the base board assembly.
• Screw × 6 Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
JP31-1
s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-41
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.
Remove the sub-scan drive Assy screws.
7.
Change the sub-scan NIP motor.
• Screws × 2
• Screw × 4
Sub-scan NIP Motor
6.
Remove the sub-scan drive Assy.
8.
1) Rotate the free shaft holder 90 d degrees, egrees, release the lock, and remove it from the sub-scan drive Assy. 2) Slide the sub-scan drive Assy togeth together er with the drive transmission gear, gear, then pull them up and out. 3) Remove the driv drive e transmission ge gear's ar's parallel pin for baffling.
Refer to step 6 6,, then assemble and attach the subscan drive Assy. Align it with the sub-scan unit's side plate and emboss.
9.
Secure the sub-scan drive Assy by attaching the screws.
• Screw × 4 Start with the screws closest to the synchronization axis.
5 Emboss
s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
Free Bearing
Synchronization Axis
Sub-scan Drive Assy
10. Attach the base board assembly. • Screw × 6
11. Refer to step 33 and and connect the cables. Parallel pin
Free Bearing Drive Transmission Gear
• • • •
JP JP5 5 JP32 (V-SYNC sensor) JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) JP31-1
12. Attach the slowdown pulley and drive belt, then If you are not going to change the sub-scan NIP motor, skip to step 8.
connect the tension arm R spring.
• Screw × 1
5-42
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
13. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley.
4.
Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each.
Take Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the drive belt. After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does not make contact with the drive pulley.
Normal Rotation Direction
Tension Arm R
Reverse Rotation Direction
Drive Pulley Drive Belt
14. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
5.
Remove the protective cover.
• Screws × 2
This concludes the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy changing process.
When removing the rear side screws, hold tension arm R in your hand and move it for accessibility.
5.4.3 5.4 .3 Changi Changing ng the the sub-sc sub-scan an fe feedi eding ng mo motor tor Follow the steps below to change the sub-scan feeding motor.
CAUTION UTION
5
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
6.
Change the sub-scan feeding motor (stepping motor Assy).
• Screws × 4 • JP JP6 6 When removing the screws, hold tension arm R in your hand and move it for accessibility.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
2.
Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)", 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit.
3.
Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)", 5-21)" , and remove the light
s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
collection unit.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-43
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
IMPORTANT
The changing process
Do NOT remove the drive pulley attached to the stepping motor.
7.
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
3.
Remove the Eraser LED cooling fan cable.
Attach the protective cover.
• Screws × 2
8.
Attach spring.the drive belt and fasten the tension arm R
9.
Adapt the drive belt to the pulley. Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each.
• JP JP8 8
4.
Remove the fan assembly.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6) Normal Rotation Direction
JP8
Reverse Rotation Direction Fan Assembly
5 s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
10. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)" and 5-21)" and attach the light collection unit.
5.
Change the Eraser LED cooling fan (fan motor).
• Screws × 2
11. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit.
12. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. This concludes the sub-scan feeding motor changing process.
5.4.4 5.4 .4 Changi Changing ng the the Erase Eraserr LED cool cooling ing fan fan Follow the steps below to change the Eraser LED cooling fan. UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform.
1
Things to prepare
Attach the fan assembly.
• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)
7.
Process Summary
Employees
6.
Connect the Eraser LED cooling fan cable.
• JP JP8 8
8.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
9.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper
Man-hours
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. This concludes the Eraser LED cooling fan changing process.
5-44
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.4.5 5.4 .5 Changi Changing ng the magne magnetic tic clutch clutch
6.
Remove the baffle board.
• Screws × 1
Follow the steps below to change the magnetic clutch. UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
Baffle Board
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
7.
Remove the shaft holders (× 2), feeding Roller, and magnetic clutch.
• E Rings × 2 The changing process Feeding Roller
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
4.
Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and 5-6)" and remove the upper insertion unit.
5.
Remove the magnetic clutch cable.
• JP9
Magnetic Clutch
Bearing
8.
Attach the shaft holders ((× × 2), feeding Roller Roller,, and new magnetic clutch.
• E Rings × 2 Make sure to insert the right-side shaft holder into the gear connection assy hole.
Magnetic Clutch
Bearing JP9
Bearing
Feeding Roller
Gear Connection Assy
(The lower insertion unit is removed in this illustration.)
5 s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-45
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
9.
Attach the baffle board.
The changing process
• Screws × 1
HINT
Clipping the baffle board's protruding part, attach the magnetic clutch's hook to it.
After changing the upper door guide, the locating plate which secures the upper door support pillar needs a position adjustment. The upper door assy must be removed to perform this task.
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)", 5-23)", and remove the upper door assy.
3.
Change the guide.
Baffle Board
• Screws × 5
10. Connect the magnetic clutch cable. • JP9
11. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and 5-6)" and attach the upper insertion unit.
12. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
13. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side 5
panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
14. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
4.
Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)" and 5-23)" and attach the upper door assy.
5.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.
This concludes the magnetic clutch changing process.
5.4.6 5.4 .6 Changi Changing ng the upper upper door door guid guide e Follow the steps below to change the upper door guide. UTION CAUTION
Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
This concludes the upper door guide changing process.
5-46
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.4.7 5.4 .7 Changi Changing ng the link link a ass ssemb emblie lies s
6.
Remove the sector spring.
Follow the steps below to change Link Assy.1 and Link Assy.2. UTION CAUTION
Sector Spring
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
7.
Change the link assemblies.
• E Rings × 2 per assembly
1
Attach them in alignment with the sector gear circles.
Things to prepare
Link Assy.1
Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
Link Assy.2
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.
2.
Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.
3.
Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.
4.
5.
Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", 5-9)" , and remove the lower insertion unit. Turn over the lower insertion unit and remove its cover. • P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)
Circle
5
8.
Attach the sector spring.
9.
Attach the lower insertion unit cover.
• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)
10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.
11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.
12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.
13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the changing process for link assemblies 1 and 2.
s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-47
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
5.4.8 5.4 .8 Changi Changing ng the entran entrance ce guide guide
4.
Follow the steps below to change the entrance guide.
Pull down the driven entrance assembly, release the feeding Roller clamp, and change the entrance guide.
• Screws × 2
UTION CAUTION
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
Entrance Guide
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
Driven Entrance Assembly
1
When attaching it, abut its locating boss to the sub-scan unit's notches, then secure with screws while bringing it in.
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process IMPORTANT
When removing and attaching an entrance guide, make sure the eraser unit is attached to the sub-scan unit.
5 s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
2.
Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy (Page 5-41)", 5-41)", and remove the sub-scan drive Assy Assy..
5.
Attach the upper open/close springs (× 2) and entrance NIP sensor.
Remove the upper open/close springs (× 2) and entrance NIP sensor.
6.
Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy" starting Assy" starting from Process 8 on
3.
Page 5-42, 5-42, and attach the other parts that were removed from the sub-scan drive Assy during the sub-scan unit removal process.
Entrance NIP Sensor
7.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.
This concludes the entrance guide changing process.
5-48
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
6.
5.4.9 5.4 .9 Changi Changing ng the drive drive roller rollers s Follow the steps below to change drive roller U and drive roller D.
Remove the flywheel of the drive roller to be changed.
• Screw × 1 each
UTION CAUTION
HINT
• Before disassembling/assembling disassembling/assembling this device, be
When removing the screw for flywheel D (bottom), holding the reverse side slowdown pulley secure will make it easier.
sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.
• In order to avoid potential base board damage while Disassembly/Assembly /Assembly discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.
The changing process
1.
Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.
2.
Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", 5-17)", and remove the eraser unit.
3.
Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)", 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit.
4.
Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)", 5-21)" , and remove the light collection unit.
5.
Take off the tension arm L spring, then remove the Take sync belt. After removing, pull tension arm L's roller side down to the right as shown in the illustration bubble.
Tension Arm L
Sync Belt
7.
Take Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the drive belt and slowdown pulley.
• Screw × 1 After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does not make contact with the drive pulley. Tension Arm R
Drive Pulley
Slowdown Pulley
5
Drive Belt
s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-49
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
8.
Change drive roller U. (If only changing drive roller D, these steps are unnecessary.) 1) Remove drive ro roller ller U's left shaf shaftt holder holder..
9.
Change drive roller D. (If only changing drive roller U, these steps are unnecessary.) 1) Remove drive rroller oller D's right shaft holder.
• Screws × 3
• Screws × 3
2) Chan Change ge drive rroller oller U. The right shaft holder is not secure, so it will come off when sliding the roller to the right.
2) Chang Change e drive ro roller ller D. The left shaft holder is not secure, so it will come off when sliding the roller to the left.
3) Attach drive roller U's left shaf shaftt holder.
3) Attach drive rol roller ler D's right shaft hol holder. der.
5 s t r a p l a c i n a h c e m g n i g n a h C 4 . 5
• Screws × 3
• Screws × 3
Make sure no screws fall into the shaft holder notches.
Make sure no screws fall into the shaft holder notches.
Notch
Notch
5-50
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
10. Refer to step 7 to 7 to attach the slowdown pulley and drive belt, then connect the tension arm R spring.
5.5 5.5 Ch Chan angi ging ng c cas asse sett tte ep par artts 5.5.1 5.5 .1 Disas Disassem sembli bling ng a ca casse ssette tte
• Screw × 1
11. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley. Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each.
The following steps describe how to disassemble the cassette's front plate, back plate, and tray.
Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform.
Reverse Rotation Direction
Employees
Man-hours
1
Things to prepare In addition to standard tools, the following tool(s) will be needed to perform this this task. No.
Normal Rotation Direction
5, attach the flywheel and 12. Refer to step 6 and 6 and step 5,
Tool
1
Opening tools for Cassette
3
Portable vacuum cleaner
No. 2
Tool Plate storage bag
sync belt, then connect the tension arm L spring. HINT
• Flywheels: 1 screw each
Screw removal and attachment requires a Phillips-head screwdriver (#1 bit).
The disassembly process
1.
Eject the plate from the cassette. Leave the tray out of the cassette. Put the plate in a storage bag. For details on how to eject a plate, refer to the operation manual.
The part with screw holes goes on the bottom. b ottom.
13. Perform the same operation done in step 11 11 (rotate (rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each), then adapt the sync Belt.
14. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)" and 5-21)" and attach the light collection unit.
15. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit.
16. Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", 5-17)", and attach the eraser unit.
17. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. This the changing process for drive roller U and drive rollerconcludes D.
2.
5
Position the back plate face up and remove the screws.
• Screws × 4
s t r a p e t t e s s a c g n i g a n h C 5 . 5
REGIUS /II Service Manual
5-51
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
3.
If the cassette size is 14 × 17, 14 × 14, 11 × 14, 10 × 12, 24 × 30 cm, or 15 × 30 cm (The illustration shows 14 × 17)
Detach the front and back plates from the cassette. The tray is attached to the back plate. Tray
Back Plate
Rib Position
Rib Position
Front Plate
4. 5.
Lift Area
Position the back plate so that the tray faces upward.
If the cassette size is 8 × 10 or 18 × 24 cm (illustration shows 8 × 10)
Push the tray out as far as it will go. It can only be pushed out a short distance at this point. Once caught on the abutment rib in the next step, it will no longer push out any any farther farther..
Rib Position
5 s t r a p e t t e s s a c g n i g a n h C 5 . 5
Rib Position
7.
Lift Area
Remove the tray from the back plate. Tray
6.
Lift up around the abutment rib so that the tray is no longer stuck on it, then continue pushing the tray out to its limit. Tray Abutment Rib
Abutment Rib
Back Plate
Back Plate Rib
The abutment rib's position differs according to cassette size.
This concludes the cassette disassembly process. Things to note during assembly
CAUTION UTION
• When assembling the cassette, make sure there is no dust inside of it. If dust is found, clean it out with a
mini vacuum cleaner.
5-52
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly
• If the cassette in use has a cassette lock release lever, lever, the tray lock (bolt mechanism) must be released before attaching the tray to the the back plate. Use the opening tools for cassette to release the lock, then attach the tray to the back plate.
2) Once the opening tools for cassette is att attached, ached, turn the back plate over and rotate the tray lock cams (x2) as shown in the diagram.
1) Attach the opening opening tools for c cassette assette to the back plate. Cassette Lock Release Lever
Cassette Open/Close Tool
• When assembling and attaching the tray and back plate, line up all of the tray's protruding parts with the back plate's corresponding holes, and make sure they are pressed in correctly. Tray
5 s t r a p e t t e s s a c g n i g a n h C 5 . 5
Back Plate Align the tray's protruding parts with the wide ends of the back plate's holes, press them together, and slide the tray downward.
Things to do after assembly
• Erasing an image from the ejected plate After re-attaching the tray to the back plate, check the following.
• Expose and check an X-ray image When the image is shielded from light, the tray's protruding parts may not not be prope properly rly aligned with with the back plate's
corresponding holes.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Blank Sheet
5-53
Chapter 6 Chapter6
Adjustments An explanation of part adjustments necessary for repair and maintenance.
6.1
Oblique Oblique adjustment adjustments... s........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........... ............ ...........6-2 .....6-2
6 s t n e m t s u j d A
Chapter 6 Adjustments
6.1 6.1 Ob Obli liqu que e adj adjus ustm tmen entts
4. Check the v value alue of the green green X on the upper upper screen an and d lower plate to measure the amount of oblique motion. - The mouse position is shown on the status bar at the bottom of the screen. Position the cursor at the position indicated with the bold line in the figure to obtain the value X.
If the read image is oblique, adjust the tray abutment assembly flap.
Things to prepare In addition to standard tools, the following tool(s) will be needed to perform this task. task.
Upper
Lower
rounded square
No. Tool 1 A 14" × 17" size cassette and plate
0 5 Position at which you check the value X
Pixel 30
Checking the oblique amount
1.
Read a 14" × 17" sized image in normal read mode (175 µm), and measure the oblique amount. Mouse position
If the oblique amount is more than ± 4 pixels, adjustment is necessary.
X 1=35
X1=36
When an image is read using the service tool Obli liqu que e Am Amou oun nt: – Ob
The following values are used in the figure above. - X at the upper screen: 35 - X at the lower screen: 36 The oblique motion amount of the image, therefore, is -1 (35-36).
Obli Ob liqu que e Am Amou oun nt: +
Because the value is within the ± 4 no adjustment is necessary.
Adjustment methods Operate the upper insertion unit's adjusting cam. The adjusting cam can be accessed by opening the upper door.
1. IMPORTANT
6 s t n e m t s u j d a e u q i l b O 1 . 6
Note the adjusting cam's current position (where it points on the scale).
If an image is read through normal ImagePilot operation, the image is vertically flipped.
(Example) Reading an image with the service tool and confirming the amount of oblique motion.
Adjusting Cam
1. Prep Prepare are a so solid lid imag image. e.
Scale
Adjusting Board
- Perform an appropriate amount of exposure (80kV, 2m, 10mAs) to the front side of the cassette. 2. Read the im image age by pressing pressing the [Read Ca Cassette] ssette] bu button tton on the [Device Settings] screen. - [Resolution]: 175m For details, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. 3. Display the im image age u using sing th the e imag image e tool. - [Display] [View Size] [No Pixel Skip]
2.
To check the post-adjustment position of the cam, check the motion amount of the adjustment cam to the oblique motion amount in the following table. Oblique amount (pixels)
Movement from original position
–11
~
–12
6 degrees in the "+" direction
–10
~
–9
5 degrees in the "+" direction
–8
~
–7
4 degrees in the "+" direction
6-2
–6
~
–5
3 degrees in the "+" direction
+5
~
+6
3 degrees in the "–" direction
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 6 Adjustments
Oblique amount (pixels)
Movement from original position
+7
~
+8
4 degrees in the "–" direction
+9
~
+10
5 degrees in the "–" direction
+11
~
+12
6 degrees in the "–" direction
5.
Check the adjusting cam's amount of movement for the oblique amount in the chart below, and slowly rotate it in the "+" direction. IMPORTANT
• Rotate the adjusting cam equal to or less than 1 degree per second in the "+" direction. Rotating it too fast may damage the adjusting cam. you have rotated the • If 4.. adjusting cam too much, start again from process 4
(Example)
X1=32 Align with the scale position, together with the amount of distance needed for the original position.
Oblique amount = 32 - 37 = -5
Screws
X1=37 1. Check the ttable able to get the "distanc "distance e moved from th the e original position". Because in the case of the figure above, the motion amount is "-5", it is "shifted toward the + direction by 3 steps" from the current positio pos ition. n. 2. Check the c current urrent position position of the the cam (which (which step on the sc scale ale it is pointing at) and the post-adjustment position.
Current
Rotate all the way in the "–" direction.
(Example)
Post-adjustment (planned)
1. Rota Rotate te the adju adjusting sting cam to its maximum maximum "–" direction direction..
Shifted toward the + direction by 3 steps
6
3.
Loosen the adjusting board's screws (× 2).
4.
Rotate the adjusting cam to its maximum "–" direction.
2. Slowly tur turn n the adju adjustment stment cam cam to the planned planned postpostadjustment position.
6.
Tighten the adjusting board's screws (× 2) to secure it.
This concludes the adjustment process. Make adjustments for all cassettes used in the facility to minimize the oblique amount as much as possible (to eliminate white streaks).
Rechecking/adjusting the oblique amount after initial adjustments • Check irregularity correction data If an error is found, perform irregularity correction. For error details, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service
s t n e m t s u j d a e u q i l b O 1 . 6
Manual.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Blank Sheet
6-3
Chapter 7 Chapter7
Maintenance & Inspection An explanation of how to maintain and inspect the device.
7.1
Mainte Maintenan nance/ ce/Ins Inspec pectio tion n Sch Schedu edule le... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ......7-2 ...7-2
7.2
Plate feeding feeding path clea cleaning. ning...... .......... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ........... ........7-2 ...7-2
7 n o i t c e p s n I & e c n a n e t n i a M
Chapter 7 Maintenance & Inspection
7.1 Mai Mainte ntenan nance/ ce/Ins Inspec pectio tion n Sch Schedu edule le
7.2 7.2 Plat Plate e fe feed edin ing g pa path th c cle lean anin ing g
Maintenance/inspection should be performed according to the following schedule.
If dust gets into the plate feeding path, it should be cleaned as follows. Cleaning area
User duties Maintenance/inspection co content
Period
Plate
Plate cleaning
Once per week
Cassette
Cassette cleaning
Once per week
Reader
Cassette insertion slot cleanin ing g
Once per week
Ex Exte tern rnal al cl clea eani ning ng of th the e dev devic ice e
Once Once pe perr m mon onth th
Intake vent, exhaust outlet cleaning
Once per month
Cleaning method
Rol Roller lers, s, guid guides, es, etc. etc.
Use a vacuu vacuum mc clea leaner ner etc. etc. to suck out any dust.
Antistatic Sheet
Apply adhesive tape etc. to the antistatic sheet to remove any dust. UTION CAUTION
Do not use the following items to clean the antistatic sheet, as they might scratch it.
• An extre extremely mely stic sticky ky or or adhes adhesive ive substance
Light Collection Unit cleaning (keeping them dust free) Filter cleaning
suction If white lines error occurs When an error occurs
Refer to the operation manual for details.
Duties for maintenance service head Maintenance/inspection co content Roller cleaning (all rollers)
• Refer to "7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning
Period When an error occurs
(Page 7-2)". 7-2)". Antistatic Sheet cleaning
• Refer to "7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning (Page 7-2)". 7-2)".
7 l e u d e h c S n o i t c e p s n I / e c n a n e t n i a M 1 . 7
• Vacuum cleaners etc. with powerful
When an error occurs
7-2
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 8 Chapter8
Appendix A list of technical information for reference during device repair or maintenance.
8.1
8.2
Service Service Tool Screen Screen (Uni (Unitt test) test)..... .......... .......... .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ ...........8-2 .....8-2 8.1.1 8.1 .1 8.1.2 8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1 .3 8.1.4 8.1 .4
[Unit [Unit test] test] Scr Screen een... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 8-2 [Unit [Unit T Test est]] (Check) (Check) Screen Screen... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ....8-3 .8-3 [Er [Error ror Hist] Hist] Scr Screen...... een......... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....8-7 ..8-7 [Warn [Warning ing setting] setting] Screen..... Screen........ ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....8-8 ..8-8
8.1.5 8.1 .5
[Repor [Reportt of reader] reader] Screen.. Screen..... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ..... 8-8
Device Device Wiring Wiring Diagram Diagram ...... ........... ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ........ ..8-9 8-9 8.2.1 REGIUS Dev Device ice Wiri Wiring ng Diagram Diagram ..........................8-9 8.2.2 REGIUS II Device Device Wiri Wiring ng Diagram Diagram ......................8-10
x i d n e p p A
8
Chapter 8 Appendix
8.1 Ser Servic vice eT Tool ool Scr Screen een (Un (Unit it tes test) t) An explanation of the [Unit test] screen, part of a service tool which provides various maintenance functions for this unit.
8. 8.1. 1.1 1 [U [Uni nitt te test st]] Scre Screen en [Unit test] Screen Display Process
1.
Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an ImagePilot connected to this device. The [Service Tool] screen will be displayed for reader settings.
2.
Select [Reader Settings], then click the [Settings] button for [Unit Test].
[Unit test] Screen
) t s e t t i n U ( n e e r c S l o o T e c i v r e S 1 . 8
Button [Unit Test] button
Content Allows you to perform an independent operation check for each device in the device.
• [Disp Error Hist] button
Allows you to check the error history.
• [Setting for Warning] button
8-3)) is displayed. The [Unit Test] (Check) screen (Page ( Page 8-3
The [Error Hist] screen (Page (Page 8-7) 8-7) is displayed.
Allows you to toggle the "No Test Registration" and image re-erase request dialogs ON/OFF.
•
Page 8-8) The [Warning setting] screen ((Page 8-8) is displayed.
[Clear Service Call error] button
Used for a Service Call Error status. If a V-SYNC error occurs during the image read process, or a basic operation failure occurs in the base board (RAM/ROM cannot be accessed), the reader will be in Service Call Error status. Opening/closing the door or turning the power OFF/ON will not correct the error err or in this case. Repair/replace the part that caused the error, then click the [Clear Service Call error] button to clear the error. 3-4)" for error codes Refer to "3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures (Page 3-4)" for applicable to Service Call Errors.
[Confirm reader status] button
Allows you to check reader adjustment results.
8
• [Exit] button
8-8)) is displayed. The [Report of reader] screen (Page (Page 8-8
Allows you to exit the [Unit test] screen.
8-2
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 8 Appendix
8.1.2 8.1 .2 [Unit [Unit Test Test]] (Chec (Check) k) Scre Screen en IMPORTANT
• All [Unit Test] Test] (Check) screen functions can even be executed during an error. error. • If an error occurs while using this function (a blinking Error Lamp), use of "Unit Test" cannot resume until the error is corrected. If you want to continue using "Unit Test", open and close any door on the device to resolve the error status.
[Unit Test] Test] (Check) screen display process 8-2.) .) Click the [Unit Test] button at the [Unit test] screen ( Page 8-2
[Unit Test] Test] (Check) Screen
) t s e t t i n U ( n e e r c S l o o T e c i v r e S 1 . 8 Item/button Command control panel
Explanation The command control key group is made up of 3 panels. Panels can be viewed by clicking their tabs. The following text provides a description for each panel.
• • • [Sensor status]
LED: Refer to to " [LED] panel (Page 8-4)" Motor: Refer to " [Motor] panel (Page 8-5)" Eraser Unit: Refer to " [Erase Unit] panel (Page 8-6)"
An ON/OFF status is displayed for each sensor. Sensor status right after the reader starts up is displayed in black, and any sensor status which differs from that is displayed in red. To monitor and update sensor status, click the [Start Monitoring] button. Sensor status is updated every 3 seconds.
IMPORTANT Other single device operation commands cannot be sent while the sensors are being monitored. For example, sensors cannot be monitored while operating a motor. If you want to run a different single device operation command, you'll have to stop sensor monitoring first.
[Start Monitoring] button/[Stop] button
•
Clicking the [Start Monitoring] button will begin sensor status monitoring. It will then change to the
8
[Stop] button on screen. A progress bar is displayed above the [Stop] button during monitoring.
• [Back] button
Clicking the [Stop] button will halt sensor status monitoring.
Takes you back to the [Unit test] (Check) screen.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
8-3
Chapter 8 Appendix
[LED] panel Enables you to check the operation for each of the LEDs used as status lamps.
Item/button [Ready LED]
) t s e t t i n U ( n e e r c S l o o T e c i v r e S 1 . 8
8
Explanation
[ON] button
Causes the Ready Lamp to light up.
[Blink] button
Causes the Ready Lamp to blink.
[OFF] button
Turns off the Ready Lamp.
[Busy LED]
-
Causes the Busy Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])
[Error LED]
-
Causes the Error Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])
[Erase LED]
-
Causes the Erase Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])
[All Setting]
-
Causes all lamps to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])
8-4
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 8 Appendix
[Motor] panel Allows you to check the operation for each motor. IMPORTANT
If you only want to confirm motor operation, select [CW] or [CCW]. If using a cassette, refer to " Unit Test: Cassette Feeding Flow (Page 4-4)", 4-4)", and follow the process described for operation.
Item/button [Initialization]
[Casette tray move motor]
Explanation
[Init. All] button
Sets all motors at home position.
[Init. Transport] button
All parts within the device will be moved to safe positions for feed. (Home position applies to all motors, so clicking this button has the same effect as clicking the [Init. All] button.) Allows you to check tray moving motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perfor perform m in in tthe he Set Rotati Rotations ons col column umn.. 3. Click the [Start] button. IMPORTANT
The [CW] of the Casette tray move motor does not work if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off. [CW] also stops if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off while it is working. [Insertion nip motor]
Allows you to check loading NIP motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perfor perform m in in tthe he Set Rotati Rotations ons col column umn.. 3. Click the [Start] button. [Insertion feed motor]
Allows you to check loading/feeding motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perfor perform m in in tthe he Set Rotati Rotations ons col column umn.. 3. Select [Erase Speed] to set the speed of the erase operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 4. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] operation.) 5. Select [ElectroMag clutch] to set whether or not the magnetic clutch is operated. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] or [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.)
• •
ON: Operates the magnetic clutch. OFF: Halts magnetic clutch operation. (The magnetic clutch status will stay as it was when selected with the [ElectroMag clutch] button.)
6. Use [Cassette Size] to select the cassette size.
) t s e t t i n U ( n e e r c S l o o T e c i v r e S 1 . 8
8
(When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 7. Click the [Start] button.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
8-5
Chapter 8 Appendix
Item/button [ElectroMag clutch]
Explanation Allows you to check magnetic clutch operation.
• • [Polygon]
Clicking the [ON] button will activate the magnetic clutch. Clicking the [OFF] button will deactivate the magnetic clutch.
Allows you to check polygon operation.
• • [PolygonLaser]
Clicking the [ON] button will rotate the polygon. Clicking the [OFF] button will halt the polygon.
Allows you to check polygon and laser operations.
• • [SubScan feed motor]
Clicking the [ON] button will rotate the polygon and cause the laser to emit light. Clicking the [OFF] button will halt the polygon and deactivate the laser.
Allows you to check sub-scan feeding motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perfor perform m in in tthe he Set Rotati Rotations ons col column umn.. 3. Select [Erase Speed] to set the speed of the erase operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 4. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] operation.) 5. Use [Cassette Size] to select the cassette size. (When selecting the[Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 6. Click the [Start] button. [SubScan nip motor]
) t s e t t i n U ( n e e r c S l o o T e c i v r e S 1 . 8
Allows you to check sub-scan NIP motor operation.
1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perfor perform m in in tthe he Set Rotati Rotations ons col column umn.. 3. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send) 1] or [Transport Plate (Send) 2] operation.) 4. Click the [Start] button.
[Erase Unit] panel Enables you to check operation of the Eraser LED and Eraser LED cooling fan.
8
Item/button [Erase LED & Erase FAN]
Explanation Enables you to check operation of the Eraser LED and Eraser LED cooling fan.
1. [Duration of turning on] enables you to set how many seconds the Eraser LED will stay lit. 2. Click the [ON] button. The Eraser LED will stay lit, and the Eraser LED cooling fan will continue operating for the designated number of seconds. (Clicking [OFF] during operation can immediately halt operation even if the designated number of seconds hasn't elapsed.)
[Erase FAN]
Allows you to check Eraser LED cooling fan operation.
• •
8-6
Clicking the [ON] button will start Eraser LED cooling fan operation. Clicking the [OFF] button will halt Eraser LED cooling fan operation.
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 8 Appendix
8. 8.1. 1.3 3 [E [Err rror or Hi Hist st]] Scr Scree een n
[Accum. error list] screen Frequency of error occurrence is displayed for each error code.
Error Hist Screen Display Process Click the [Disp Error Hist] button at the [Unit test] screen (Page ( Page 82). HINT
This can also be displayed from the "Reader Log" screen. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.
[Error Hist] Screen
Item/button [Back] button
Exits the [Accum. error list] screen.
List
Frequency of error occurrence is displayed for each error code.
[Save Table] button
Item/button
Explanation
List
A chronological log of error occurrences is displayed here.
[Error Information]
A list of selected error information (messages displayed on the ImagePilot)
Explanation
Enables you to output an "Accum. error list" file in text format (.txt). Pressing this button will display the [Save As] dialog, so choose any name to save the file as.
) t s e t t i n U ( n e e r c S l o o T e c i v r e S 1 . 8
is displayed.
[Prev] button [Next] button [Accum. error list] button
Available when the error history is Available displayed on more than one page, allowing you to cycle through pages. Frequency of error occurrence can be checked for each error code.
• [Exit] button
The [Accum. error list] screen (Page (Page 8-7) is displayed. 8-7)
Exits the [Error Hist] screen.
8
REGIUS /II Service Manual
8-7
Chapter 8 Appendix
8.1.4 8.1 .4 [Warn [Warning ing settin setting] g] Scree Screen n
Item/button [Re-erase is performed automatically.]
Warning setting Screen Display Process Click the [Setting for Warning] button at the "Unit test" screen 8-2). ). (Page 8-2
Explanation Erase speed is determined from the image signal.
When a high dose of X-rays are used for exposure, and the signal value is at 4095 or above, it is unknown how many mR of X-rays have hit the plate, so one of the following 2 controls can be selected. (1) Automatically run the erase process a second time. No message display. display. a message and select whether or (2) Display not to run the erase process a second s econd time.
[Warning setting] Screen
The [Continue] button and [Eject] button are displayed displayed together with this message: "Excessive X-ray dosage at examination. Need to be reerased." Here you can select to run r un the erase process again, or eject the the cassette. When filling in the checkbox, Control (1) will be perform performed. ed. (D (Default efault:: check checkbox box filled in)
HINT
This setting can be changed for both the service tool and user tool.
Item/button [Display no registration dialogue]
) t s e t t i n U ( n e e r c S l o o T e c i v r e S 1 . 8
8
Saves the selected settings and exits the [Warning [Warning Settings] screen. The change in the settings are reflected after restarting the Image Pilot.
[Discard] button
Exits [Warning Settings] screen without savingthe settings.
Explanation Sets whether or not the "Study is not registered." dialog is displayed when loading the a ecassette into the device without putting th ImagePilot ImagePilot in im image age captu capture re standby mode (without clicking the CR Modality button). By filling in the checkbox, this dialog will be displayed. displayed. (Default: (Default: check checkbox box fi filled lled in)
[Enable Eject Button]
[Save & Exit] button
Sets whether or not a cassette [Eject] button will be displayed, enabling the user to eject the cassette, along with the "Study is not registered." dialog. (By using the [Eject] button, the cass cassette ette can be re removed moved without without using the lever inside the upper door.) By filling in the checkbox, this button will be displayed. displayed. (D (Default: efault: checkbox checkbox filled in) IMPORTANT
8.1.5 8.1 .5 [Repor [Reportt of of reader reader]] Scre Screen en Report of reader Screen Display Process Click the [Confirm reader status] button at the "Unit test" screen (Page 8-2 8-2). ).
[Report of reader] Screen
When installing an ImagePilot client, removing the check mark is recommended. This dialog will be displayed for both the ImagePilot server and ImagePilot client, so if the checkbox is in to [Eject] displaybutton the [Eject] thefilled server's mightbutton, be clicked before the CR modality button is clicked.
Item/button
Explanation
[Back] button
Exits the [Report of reader] screen.
Chart
Shows adjustment results set to the reader.
[Save table] button
Enables you to output a file of the displayed
content in text format (.txt). Pressing this button will display the "Save as..." dialog, so choose any name to save the file as.
8-8
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 8 Appendix
8.2 8.2 8.2.1
De Devi vice ce W Wir irin ing g Diag Diagra ram m
ñ éü
REGIUS Device Wiring Diagram
1 Tray Moving Motor
Loading NIP Motor
Loading/Feeding Motor
Sub- scan NIP Motor
Sub-scanFeeding Motor
Eraser LED Cooling FAN
MagneticClutch
2
Clutch
Soldering
3 ñ éü 1 IncludesMotor
2 3 4 5 6 7
Serial Communication
8
Reserve FAN
8 9 .2 D e 10 v i c e1 1 W i r i n 12 g D i 13 a g r a m 14
15 8 17
Switching Power Supply
18 Cassette Sensor
Plate Sensor
Left Door Open/Close DetectionSensor
SizeDetecting Sensor 1
SizeDetecting Sensor 2
19
LightReceiving
Breaker Panasonic
20 SizeDetecting Sensor 4
LockRelease Sensor
LoadingNIP HPSensor
LoadingNIP Open/CloseSensor
SizeDetecting Sensor 3
Left Cassette Lock Sensor
TrayHP Sensor
Exit NIPSensor
Right Cassette Lock Sensor
21
Inlet
26
NoiseFilter e d e e o d d h o o t n n a A A C
27 Tray Sensor
Upper Door Interlock 1 Type
Plate Sensor (LightEmitting:G310)
Lower Door Interlock 2 Type
V-Sync Sensor Entrance NIPSensor
28 29 30 REGIUS /II Service Manual
8-9
Chapter 8 Appendix
ñ éü
8.2.2
REGIUS II Device Wiring Diagram Loading/Feeding
1
Tray Moving Motor Loading NIPMotor
3
1
Includes Motor
2 3 4 5 6
Serial Communication
7 Reserve FAN
8 8 9 .2 D e 10 v i c e1 1 W i r i n 12 g D i a 13 g r a m 14
FerriteCore
15 8
Switching Power Supply
17 18
C a ss e t e S e n so r
P l at e S e n so r
Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor
Size Detecting Sensor 1
Size Detecting Sensor 2
Light Receiving:
Breaker
Sub- scan NIP Motor
Sub-scan Feeding
Eraser LED
Motor
Cooling FAN
Magnetic Clutch
Clutch
Soldering
2
Motor
Breaker Panasonic
19 20
Size Detecting Sensor 4
Lock Release Sensor
LoadingNIP HPSensor
LoadingNIP Open/Close Sensor
Size Detecting Sensor3
Left Cassette Lock Sensor
TrayHP Sensor
RightCassette Lock Sensor
ExitNIP Sensor
Inlet
21
Noise Filter e d e e o d d h o o t n n a A A C
26 Upper Door Interlock 1 Type
27
Tray Sensor
Pl ate Se Sensor (Light Emitting:G310)
Lower Door Interlock 2 Type
V-Sync Sensor
EntranceNIPSensor
28 29 30 8-10
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Chapter 9 Chapter9
Revision History 9.1
Manual Manual revision revision history history..... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ........... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... ..9-2 9-2
y r o t s i H n i s o i v e R
9
Chapter 9 Revision History
9. 9.1 1 Ma Manu nual al re revi visi sion on hist histor ory y This manual was revised as follows.
Version A
y r o t s i h n o i s i v e r l a u n a M 1 . 9
9
Issue Date Apr. 19, 201 2012 2
Content
• New （The same manual is used for both REGIUS SIGMA and SIGMA2 ）
9-2
REGIUS /II Service Manual
Blank Sheet
A5ERYG220A 5ERYG22 A 20120419J 2 4 9JD
View more...
Comments
